Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

С английского на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Квенья
Русский
Словенский
Французский

archaic sense

Толкование Перевод

1 принимать значение

1. adopt a value

значение функции полезности; величина выигрыша — merit value

значение обычного планирования — conventional planning value

абсолютная величина, абсолютное значение — absolute value

фиксированное значение; заданное значение — specified value

стандартное значение; стандартная величина — standard value

2. take a value

уточнять значение — finalize a value; verify a value

значение pH — pH value

по значению — by value

вызов значения — value call

нижнее значение — low value

значение данных — data value

3. significance

юридическое значение — jural significance

оценить всё значение — to evaluate the full significance

приобрести особое значение — acquire especial significance

приобретать особое значение — acquire especial significance

4. meaning, sense

абсолютное значение — absolute value

амплитудное значение — peak value

асимптотическое значение — asymptotic value

бифуркационное значение — bifurcational value

виртуальное значение — virtual value

главное значение — principal value

граничное значение — boundary value

двоякое значение — bifurcational value

действительное значение — actual value

действующее значение — effective value

допустимое значение — legitimate value

единственное значение — unique value

запрещённое значение — forbidden value

точное значение — strict sense

основное значение — basic meaning

неясное значение — obscure meaning

скрытое значение — obscure meaning

устаревшее значение — archaic sense

Русско-английский большой базовый словарь > принимать значение
2 устаревшее значение

Makarov: archaic sense

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > устаревшее значение
3 adversa

ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen., with in or dat.:
illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
in quamcunque domus lumina partem,
Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:
malis numen,
Verg. A. 4, 611:
huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,
Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
B.
Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:
classem in portum,
Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:
terrae proras,
Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:
Colchos puppim,
Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:
profugi advertere coloni,
landed, Sil. 1, 288;
hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,
Verg. A. 7, 196:
pedem ripae,
id. ib. 6, 386:
urbi agmen,
id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:
Scythicas advertitur oras,
Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
II.
Fig.
A.
Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:
si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:
nunc huc animum advortite ambo,
id. ib. 3, 1, 169:
advertunt animos ad religionem,
Lucr. 3, 54:
monitis animos advertite nostris,
Ov. M. 15, 140:
animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,
Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:
ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:
adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,
Liv. 4, 45.—
B.
Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):
et hoc animum advorte,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:
hanc edictionem,
id. ib. 1, 2, 10:
haec animum te advertere par est,
Lucr. 2, 125:
animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:
Postquam id animum advertit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:
quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,
Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:
ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,
as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:
postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:
animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:
quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,
Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:
qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,
attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:
donec advertit Tiberius,
Tac. A. 4, 54:
Zenobiam advertere pastores,
id. ib. 12, 51:
advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,
id. ib. 13, 54:
quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,
id. ib. 15, 30 al.:
hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,
Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:
ut multos adverto credidisse,
id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:
animis advertite vestris,
Verg. A. 2, 712:
hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,
Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
C.
To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):
gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,
Tac. A. 1, 41:
octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,
id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
D.
To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):
non docet admonitio, sed advertit,
i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:
advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,
Tac. H. 3, 48.—
E.
Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):
in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,
Tac. A. 2, 32:
ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,
id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
1.
adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
A.
In gen.:
solem adversum intueri,
Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:
Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,
Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:
antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:
quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:
L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,
in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:
adversis vulneribus,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:
judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28:
cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,
id. Verr. 5, 3:
impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,
ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:
adversa signa,
Liv. 30, 8:
legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,
i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:
armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,
Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:
qui timet his adversa,
the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:
in adversum flumen contendere,
Lucr. 4, 423:
adverso feruntur flumine,
id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:
adverso amne,
Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;
adverso Tiberi subvehi,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:
rate in secundam aquam labente,
Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:
navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,
Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:
portus ex adverso urbi positus,
Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:
Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,
Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:
cum ex adverso starent classes,
Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:
et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,
against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;
in adversum Romani subiere,
Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
B.
In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:
hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:
advorsus nemini,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:
mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,
Cic. Sull. 10:
acclamatio,
id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:
adversis auspiciis,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:
adversum omen,
Suet. Vit. 8:
adversissima auspicia,
id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:
ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,
Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:
adversi casus,
Nep. Dat. 5:
adversae rerum undae,
a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):
quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?
Liv. 6, 40:
adversus annus frugibus,
id. 4, 12:
valetudo adversa,
i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:
adversum proelium,
an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.
8, 31: adverso rumore esse,
to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:
adversa subsellia,
on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:
quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,
Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:
neque est aliud adversius,
Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—

* Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:
advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:
nihil adversi,
Cic. Brut. 1, 4:
si quid adversi accidisset,
Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:
secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,
Plin. Pan. 31;
esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,
id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):
multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,
Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
C.
In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
3.
adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
A.
Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:
ibo advorsum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:
facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 3, 82:
obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?
Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:
adversus resistere,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:
nemo adversus ibat,
Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):
solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,
Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:
ei advorsum venimus,
id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
B.
Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
1.
In a friendly sense.
(α).
Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:
adversus advocatos,
Liv. 45, 7, 5:
medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,
opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:
adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,
Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:
Lerina, adversum Antipolim,
id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
(β).
In the presence of any one, before:
egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):
immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,
what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:
mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,
Titin. ib. 232, 21:
utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):
adversus ea consul... respondit,
Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
(γ).
In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:
repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,
will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:
quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,
id. 7, 32, 8.—
(δ).
Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:
quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,
Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:
te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,
i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:
lentae adversum imperia aures,
Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;
Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,
Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:
adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,
id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:
sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,
id. ib. 1, 11, 33:
adversus merita ingratissimus,
Vell. 2, 69, 5:
summa adversus alios aequitas erat,
Liv. 3, 33, 8:
ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,
id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:
beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,
Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
(ε).
of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:
epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,
as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:
quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,
in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
2.
In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:
advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:
advorsum te fabulare illud,
against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:
stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:
adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:
respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,
id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §
69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,
id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:
gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 46:
adversus se non esse missos exercitus,
Liv. 3, 66:
bellum adversum Xerxem moret,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:
copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,
Liv. 8, 2, 5:
adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,
id. 26, 25, 10 al.:
T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,
Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):
adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,
Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:
frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,
Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:
egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:
advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,
Sall. J. 43, 5:
invictus adversum gratiam animus,
Tac. A. 15, 21:
adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,
Suet. Tib. 28:
Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:
fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,
Curt. 4, 14:
infirmus adversum pecuniam,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:
inferior adversus laborem,
id. Epit. 40, 20.
► a.
Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:
egone ut te advorsum mentiar,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:
hunc adversus,
Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:
quos advorsum ierat,
Sall. J. 101, 8.—
b.
It sometimes suffers tmesis:
Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 33:
animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,
Sall. J. 58:
animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,
id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:
in Galliam vorsus castra movere,
Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adversa
4 adverto

ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen., with in or dat.:
illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
in quamcunque domus lumina partem,
Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:
malis numen,
Verg. A. 4, 611:
huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,
Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
B.
Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:
classem in portum,
Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:
terrae proras,
Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:
Colchos puppim,
Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:
profugi advertere coloni,
landed, Sil. 1, 288;
hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,
Verg. A. 7, 196:
pedem ripae,
id. ib. 6, 386:
urbi agmen,
id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:
Scythicas advertitur oras,
Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
II.
Fig.
A.
Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:
si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:
nunc huc animum advortite ambo,
id. ib. 3, 1, 169:
advertunt animos ad religionem,
Lucr. 3, 54:
monitis animos advertite nostris,
Ov. M. 15, 140:
animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,
Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:
ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:
adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,
Liv. 4, 45.—
B.
Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):
et hoc animum advorte,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:
hanc edictionem,
id. ib. 1, 2, 10:
haec animum te advertere par est,
Lucr. 2, 125:
animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:
Postquam id animum advertit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:
quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,
Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:
ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,
as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:
postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:
animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:
quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,
Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:
qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,
attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:
donec advertit Tiberius,
Tac. A. 4, 54:
Zenobiam advertere pastores,
id. ib. 12, 51:
advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,
id. ib. 13, 54:
quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,
id. ib. 15, 30 al.:
hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,
Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:
ut multos adverto credidisse,
id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:
animis advertite vestris,
Verg. A. 2, 712:
hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,
Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
C.
To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):
gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,
Tac. A. 1, 41:
octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,
id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
D.
To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):
non docet admonitio, sed advertit,
i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:
advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,
Tac. H. 3, 48.—
E.
Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):
in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,
Tac. A. 2, 32:
ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,
id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
1.
adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
A.
In gen.:
solem adversum intueri,
Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:
Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,
Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:
antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:
quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:
L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,
in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:
adversis vulneribus,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:
judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28:
cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,
id. Verr. 5, 3:
impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,
ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:
adversa signa,
Liv. 30, 8:
legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,
i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:
armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,
Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:
qui timet his adversa,
the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:
in adversum flumen contendere,
Lucr. 4, 423:
adverso feruntur flumine,
id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:
adverso amne,
Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;
adverso Tiberi subvehi,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:
rate in secundam aquam labente,
Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:
navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,
Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:
portus ex adverso urbi positus,
Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:
Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,
Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:
cum ex adverso starent classes,
Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:
et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,
against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;
in adversum Romani subiere,
Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
B.
In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:
hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:
advorsus nemini,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:
mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,
Cic. Sull. 10:
acclamatio,
id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:
adversis auspiciis,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:
adversum omen,
Suet. Vit. 8:
adversissima auspicia,
id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:
ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,
Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:
adversi casus,
Nep. Dat. 5:
adversae rerum undae,
a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):
quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?
Liv. 6, 40:
adversus annus frugibus,
id. 4, 12:
valetudo adversa,
i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:
adversum proelium,
an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.
8, 31: adverso rumore esse,
to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:
adversa subsellia,
on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:
quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,
Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:
neque est aliud adversius,
Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—

* Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:
advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:
nihil adversi,
Cic. Brut. 1, 4:
si quid adversi accidisset,
Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:
secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,
Plin. Pan. 31;
esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,
id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):
multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,
Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
C.
In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
3.
adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
A.
Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:
ibo advorsum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:
facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 3, 82:
obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?
Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:
adversus resistere,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:
nemo adversus ibat,
Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):
solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,
Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:
ei advorsum venimus,
id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
B.
Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
1.
In a friendly sense.
(α).
Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:
adversus advocatos,
Liv. 45, 7, 5:
medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,
opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:
adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,
Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:
Lerina, adversum Antipolim,
id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
(β).
In the presence of any one, before:
egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):
immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,
what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:
mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,
Titin. ib. 232, 21:
utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):
adversus ea consul... respondit,
Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
(γ).
In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:
repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,
will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:
quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,
id. 7, 32, 8.—
(δ).
Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:
quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,
Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:
te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,
i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:
lentae adversum imperia aures,
Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;
Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,
Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:
adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,
id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:
sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,
id. ib. 1, 11, 33:
adversus merita ingratissimus,
Vell. 2, 69, 5:
summa adversus alios aequitas erat,
Liv. 3, 33, 8:
ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,
id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:
beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,
Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
(ε).
of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:
epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,
as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:
quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,
in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
2.
In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:
advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:
advorsum te fabulare illud,
against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:
stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:
adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:
respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,
id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §
69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,
id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:
gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 46:
adversus se non esse missos exercitus,
Liv. 3, 66:
bellum adversum Xerxem moret,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:
copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,
Liv. 8, 2, 5:
adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,
id. 26, 25, 10 al.:
T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,
Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):
adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,
Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:
frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,
Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:
egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:
advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,
Sall. J. 43, 5:
invictus adversum gratiam animus,
Tac. A. 15, 21:
adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,
Suet. Tib. 28:
Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:
fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,
Curt. 4, 14:
infirmus adversum pecuniam,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:
inferior adversus laborem,
id. Epit. 40, 20.
► a.
Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:
egone ut te advorsum mentiar,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:
hunc adversus,
Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:
quos advorsum ierat,
Sall. J. 101, 8.—
b.
It sometimes suffers tmesis:
Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 33:
animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,
Sall. J. 58:
animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,
id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:
in Galliam vorsus castra movere,
Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adverto
5 advorto

ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen., with in or dat.:
illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
in quamcunque domus lumina partem,
Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:
malis numen,
Verg. A. 4, 611:
huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,
Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
B.
Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:
classem in portum,
Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:
terrae proras,
Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:
Colchos puppim,
Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:
profugi advertere coloni,
landed, Sil. 1, 288;
hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,
Verg. A. 7, 196:
pedem ripae,
id. ib. 6, 386:
urbi agmen,
id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:
Scythicas advertitur oras,
Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
II.
Fig.
A.
Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:
si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:
nunc huc animum advortite ambo,
id. ib. 3, 1, 169:
advertunt animos ad religionem,
Lucr. 3, 54:
monitis animos advertite nostris,
Ov. M. 15, 140:
animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,
Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:
ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:
adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,
Liv. 4, 45.—
B.
Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):
et hoc animum advorte,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:
hanc edictionem,
id. ib. 1, 2, 10:
haec animum te advertere par est,
Lucr. 2, 125:
animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:
Postquam id animum advertit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:
quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,
Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:
ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,
as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:
postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:
animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:
quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,
Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:
qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,
attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:
donec advertit Tiberius,
Tac. A. 4, 54:
Zenobiam advertere pastores,
id. ib. 12, 51:
advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,
id. ib. 13, 54:
quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,
id. ib. 15, 30 al.:
hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,
Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:
ut multos adverto credidisse,
id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:
animis advertite vestris,
Verg. A. 2, 712:
hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,
Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
C.
To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):
gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,
Tac. A. 1, 41:
octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,
id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
D.
To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):
non docet admonitio, sed advertit,
i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:
advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,
Tac. H. 3, 48.—
E.
Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):
in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,
Tac. A. 2, 32:
ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,
id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
1.
adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
A.
In gen.:
solem adversum intueri,
Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:
Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,
Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:
antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,
Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:
quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:
L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,
in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:
adversis vulneribus,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:
judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28:
cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,
id. Verr. 5, 3:
impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,
ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:
adversa signa,
Liv. 30, 8:
legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,
i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:
armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,
Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:
qui timet his adversa,
the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:
in adversum flumen contendere,
Lucr. 4, 423:
adverso feruntur flumine,
id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:
adverso amne,
Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;
adverso Tiberi subvehi,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:
rate in secundam aquam labente,
Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:
navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,
Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:
portus ex adverso urbi positus,
Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:
Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,
Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:
cum ex adverso starent classes,
Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:
et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,
against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;
in adversum Romani subiere,
Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
B.
In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:
hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:
advorsus nemini,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:
mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,
Cic. Sull. 10:
acclamatio,
id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:
adversis auspiciis,
Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:
adversum omen,
Suet. Vit. 8:
adversissima auspicia,
id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:
ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,
Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:
adversi casus,
Nep. Dat. 5:
adversae rerum undae,
a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):
quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?
Liv. 6, 40:
adversus annus frugibus,
id. 4, 12:
valetudo adversa,
i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:
adversum proelium,
an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.
8, 31: adverso rumore esse,
to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:
adversa subsellia,
on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:
quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,
Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:
neque est aliud adversius,
Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—

* Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:
advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:
nihil adversi,
Cic. Brut. 1, 4:
si quid adversi accidisset,
Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:
secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,
Plin. Pan. 31;
esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,
id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):
multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,
Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
C.
In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
3.
adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
A.
Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:
ibo advorsum,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:
facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 3, 82:
obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?
Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:
adversus resistere,
Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:
nemo adversus ibat,
Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):
solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,
Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:
ei advorsum venimus,
id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
B.
Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
1.
In a friendly sense.
(α).
Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:
adversus advocatos,
Liv. 45, 7, 5:
medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,
opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:
adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,
Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:
Lerina, adversum Antipolim,
id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
(β).
In the presence of any one, before:
egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):
immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,
what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:
mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,
Titin. ib. 232, 21:
utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,
Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):
adversus ea consul... respondit,
Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
(γ).
In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:
repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,
will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:
quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,
id. 7, 32, 8.—
(δ).
Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:
quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,
Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:
te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,
i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:
lentae adversum imperia aures,
Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;
Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,
Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:
adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,
id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:
sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,
id. ib. 1, 11, 33:
adversus merita ingratissimus,
Vell. 2, 69, 5:
summa adversus alios aequitas erat,
Liv. 3, 33, 8:
ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,
id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:
beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,
Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
(ε).
of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:
epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,
as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:
quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,
in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
2.
In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:
advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:
advorsum te fabulare illud,
against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:
stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:
adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:
respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,
id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §
69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,
id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:
gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,
Caes. B. C. 1, 46:
adversus se non esse missos exercitus,
Liv. 3, 66:
bellum adversum Xerxem moret,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:
copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,
Liv. 8, 2, 5:
adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,
id. 26, 25, 10 al.:
T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,
Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):
adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,
Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:
frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,
Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:
egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,
Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:
advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,
Sall. J. 43, 5:
invictus adversum gratiam animus,
Tac. A. 15, 21:
adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,
Suet. Tib. 28:
Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,
Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:
fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,
Curt. 4, 14:
infirmus adversum pecuniam,
Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:
inferior adversus laborem,
id. Epit. 40, 20.
► a.
Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:
egone ut te advorsum mentiar,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:
hunc adversus,
Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:
quos advorsum ierat,
Sall. J. 101, 8.—
b.
It sometimes suffers tmesis:
Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,
Caes. B. G. 6, 33:
animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,
Sall. J. 58:
animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,
id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:
in Galliam vorsus castra movere,
Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > advorto
6 delicado

adj.

1 delicate, frail, breakable, fragile.

2 touch-and-go, delicate, sensible.

3 finicky, overparticular about trivial details, fiddly, pernickety.

* * *

delicado

► adjetivo

1 (fino) delicate; (exquisito) exquisite; (refinado) refined

■ un color delicado a delicate colour

2 (difícil) delicate, difficult

■ una situación delicada a delicate situation

3 (enfermizo) frail, delicate

4 (frágil) fragile

5 (exigente) fussy, fastidious, hard to please

6 (cortés) refined, polite

7 (muy sensible) hypersensitive, extremely sensitive

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

manjar delicado delicacy

* * *

(f. - delicada)

adj.

1) delicate

2) fine

3) ill

4) sensitive

5) tactful

* * *

ADJ

1) (=suave) [tejido, piel] delicate; [tela] fine; [color] soft

2) (=frágil) [máquina] sensitive; [salud] delicate

está delicado del estómago — he has a delicate stomach

3) (=fino) [rasgos] delicate, fine; [gusto] delicate, subtle

4) (=difícil) [situación] delicate, tricky; [punto] sore; [tema] delicate

5) [persona] (=difícil de contentar) hard to please, fussy; (=sensible) hypersensitive; (=discreto) tactful; (=atento) considerate

es muy delicado con la comida — he's very choosy about his food *

* * *

- da adjetivo

1) ( fino) <rasgos/manos> delicate; < sabor> delicate, subtle; <lenguaje/modales> refined

2)

a) ( que requiere cuidados) <cerámica/cristal> fragile; < tela> delicate; < piel> sensitive

prendas delicadas — delicates, delicate garments

la delicada piel del bebé — the baby's delicate skin

b) ( refiriéndose a la salud) delicate

está delicado del estómago — his stomach's a little delicate

tiene el corazón delicado — he has a weak o bad heart

3) <asunto/cuestión/tema> delicate, sensitive; < situación> delicate, tricky

4)

a) ( melindroso) delicate, fussy

b) ( susceptible) touchy

* * *

= gentle [gentler -comp., gentlest -sup.], sensitive, tricky [trickier -comp., trickiest -sup.], delicate, ticklish, awkward, choosy [choosey] [choosier -comp., choosiest -sup.], touchy, frail, tender [tenderer -comp., tenderest -sup.], dainty [daintier -comp., daintiest -sup.], lissom(e), fragile, fussy [fussier -comp., fussiest -sup.], picky [pickier -comp., pickiest -sup.].

Ex. Melanie Stanton broke into a gentle laugh as she recalled him executing a shuffling fandango and announcing mischievously, 'Women in the SLA, get ready, here I come!'.

Ex. Numerous different models are available, ranging from models where communication is via a heat sensitive screen, through to terminals linked to an outside computer by a telephone line.

Ex. Bertrand Russell has written a great deal of sense about the tricky problem of individual liberty and achievement and its relationship to government control.

Ex. Despite the incompetence of most eighteenth-century block-makers, woodcuts never quite disappeared, and they returned to favour in the delicate form called 'wood-engraving' at the end of the hand-press period.

Ex. The vast majority of management problems, even those which seem at first glance to be wholly planning or organizing or controlling problems, usually turn out to be bristling with ticklish human relations problems.

Ex. Access is impaired by archaic, awkward, or simply strange headings that most normal persons would never look for on their first try.

Ex. I became a hungry reader who was not choosy at all about the food.

Ex. Censorship is a touchy subject with prison librarians.

Ex. Previous research has demonstrated that frail elderly living in subsidized high-rise apartments have greater unmet needs than elderly who reside in traditional community housing.

Ex. A single drawing can have a highly emotional impact and can be effective as either a heavy, bold statement or a tender reminder.

Ex. They then went to a rather dainty little Italian restaurant where they ate a scrumptious meal and drank a bottle of wine.

Ex. She is not just lissome and beautiful, but also cultured, artful, expressive, and energetic.

Ex. The material which carries the message is fragile.

Ex. Librarians are expected, by their popular media image, to be fussy, nit-picking, pedants.

Ex. If by chance she gets close to a boy that she likes she suddenly get very picky and think of all his negative points.

----

* asunto delicado = sore subject, sore spot, sore point, sensitive issue, hot potato.

* pregunta delicada = awkward question.

* ser muy delicado con la comida = be a picky eater.

* ser muy delicado para comer = be a picky eater.

* tejido muy delicado = gossamer.

* tema delicado = sore subject, sore spot, sore point, sensitive issue, hot potato.

* * *

- da adjetivo

1) ( fino) <rasgos/manos> delicate; < sabor> delicate, subtle; <lenguaje/modales> refined

2)

a) ( que requiere cuidados) <cerámica/cristal> fragile; < tela> delicate; < piel> sensitive

prendas delicadas — delicates, delicate garments

la delicada piel del bebé — the baby's delicate skin

b) ( refiriéndose a la salud) delicate

está delicado del estómago — his stomach's a little delicate

tiene el corazón delicado — he has a weak o bad heart

3) <asunto/cuestión/tema> delicate, sensitive; < situación> delicate, tricky

4)

a) ( melindroso) delicate, fussy

b) ( susceptible) touchy

* * *

= gentle [gentler -comp., gentlest -sup.], sensitive, tricky [trickier -comp., trickiest -sup.], delicate, ticklish, awkward, choosy [choosey] [choosier -comp., choosiest -sup.], touchy, frail, tender [tenderer -comp., tenderest -sup.], dainty [daintier -comp., daintiest -sup.], lissom(e), fragile, fussy [fussier -comp., fussiest -sup.], picky [pickier -comp., pickiest -sup.].

Ex: Melanie Stanton broke into a gentle laugh as she recalled him executing a shuffling fandango and announcing mischievously, 'Women in the SLA, get ready, here I come!'.

Ex: Numerous different models are available, ranging from models where communication is via a heat sensitive screen, through to terminals linked to an outside computer by a telephone line.

Ex: Bertrand Russell has written a great deal of sense about the tricky problem of individual liberty and achievement and its relationship to government control.

Ex: Despite the incompetence of most eighteenth-century block-makers, woodcuts never quite disappeared, and they returned to favour in the delicate form called 'wood-engraving' at the end of the hand-press period.

Ex: The vast majority of management problems, even those which seem at first glance to be wholly planning or organizing or controlling problems, usually turn out to be bristling with ticklish human relations problems.

Ex: Access is impaired by archaic, awkward, or simply strange headings that most normal persons would never look for on their first try.

Ex: I became a hungry reader who was not choosy at all about the food.

Ex: Censorship is a touchy subject with prison librarians.

Ex: Previous research has demonstrated that frail elderly living in subsidized high-rise apartments have greater unmet needs than elderly who reside in traditional community housing.

Ex: A single drawing can have a highly emotional impact and can be effective as either a heavy, bold statement or a tender reminder.

Ex: They then went to a rather dainty little Italian restaurant where they ate a scrumptious meal and drank a bottle of wine.

Ex: She is not just lissome and beautiful, but also cultured, artful, expressive, and energetic.

Ex: The material which carries the message is fragile.

Ex: Librarians are expected, by their popular media image, to be fussy, nit-picking, pedants.

Ex: If by chance she gets close to a boy that she likes she suddenly get very picky and think of all his negative points.

* asunto delicado = sore subject, sore spot, sore point, sensitive issue, hot potato.

* pregunta delicada = awkward question.

* ser muy delicado con la comida = be a picky eater.

* ser muy delicado para comer = be a picky eater.

* tejido muy delicado = gossamer.

* tema delicado = sore subject, sore spot, sore point, sensitive issue, hot potato.

* * *

delicado -da

adjective

A (fino) ‹rasgos/manos› delicate; ‹sabor› delicate, subtle; ‹lenguaje/modales› refined

¡qué delicada eres! ¿qué más da si está un poco quemado? you're so fussy! what does it matter if it's a little burned?

B (que requiere cuidados) ‹cerámica/cristal› fragile; ‹tela› delicate

prendas delicadas delicates, delicate garments

una crema para pieles delicadas a cream for sensitive skin

la delicada piel del bebé the baby's delicate skin

¡qué delicado eres! no lo dijo por molestarte don't be so touchy! he didn't mean to upset you

C (refiriéndose a la salud) delicate

está delicado del estómago his stomach's a little delicate

tiene el corazón delicado he has a weak o delicate o bad heart

después de la operación quedó muy delicado he was very frail o weak after his operation

D ‹asunto/cuestión/tema› delicate, sensitive; ‹situación› delicate, tricky

* * *

delicado
◊ -da adjetivo

1 ( fino) ‹rasgos/manos› delicate;
‹ sabor› delicate, subtle;
‹lenguaje/modales› refined
2
a) ( que requiere cuidados) ‹cerámica/cristal› fragile;

‹ tela› delicate;
‹ piel› sensitive
b) ‹salud/estómago› delicate;

‹ corazón› weak
3 ‹asunto/cuestión/tema› delicate, sensitive;
‹ situación› delicate, tricky
4
a) ( melindroso) delicate, fussy

b) ( susceptible) touchy

delicado,-a adjetivo
1 (frágil, primoroso) delicate
una delicada porcelana, a delicate porcelain figure
ese jarrón es muy delicado, that vase is very fragile
2 (enfermizo) delicate: está delicada del corazón, she has a weak heart
3 (exigente) fussy, hard to please: Juan es muy delicado para la comida, Juan is a fussy eater
4 (difícil de tratar) un asunto delicado, a delicate matter
' delicado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
delicada
- dulce
- exquisita
- exquisito
- primor
- asunto
- embromado
- fregado
- jorobado
- maniático
- melindroso
- remilgón
- tema
English:
dainty
- delicate
- fine
- fragile
- frail
- picky
- sensitive
- slight
- sore
- subject
- subtle
- ticklish
- touch on
- touchy
- tricky
- awkward
- delicacy
- shaky
- subtlety

* * *

delicado, -a adj

1. [aroma, gesto, manos] delicate;

un perfume muy delicado a very delicate perfume

2. [material, objeto] delicate;

piel delicada sensitive o delicate skin;

loción hidratante para pieles delicadas moisturizing lotion for sensitive skin;

detergente para ropa delicada o [m5] prendas delicadas detergent for delicates

3. [asunto, situación] delicate, tricky;

una situación delicada a delicate o tricky situation

4. [persona] [débil, enfermizo] weak, delicate;

su estado (de salud) es delicado his condition is delicate;

estar delicado de salud to have delicate health;

estar delicado del corazón to have a weak heart

5. [persona] [sensible] sensitive

6. [educado] [persona] polite;
[lenguaje, modales] refined
7. [persona] [tiquismiquis] fussy, choosy, picky;

es demasiado delicado para ir de camping he likes his creature comforts too much to go camping;

¡no seas delicado, hay que comérselo todo! don't be so picky, you've got to eat all of it!

* * *

delicado

adj delicate

* * *

delicado, -da adj

1) : delicate, fine

2) : sensitive, frail

3) : difficult, tricky

4) : fussy, hard to please

5) : tactful, considerate

* * *

delicado adj delicate

la seda es un tejido muy delicado silk is a very delicate fabric

una situación delicada a delicate situation

Spanish-English dictionary > delicado
7 bellum

bellum (ante-class. and poet. duel-lum), i, n. [Sanscr. dva, dvi, dus; cf. Germ. zwei; Engl. two, twice; for the change from initial du- to b-, cf. bis for duis, and v. the letter B, and Varr. L. L. 5, § 73 Mull.; 7, § 49 ib.], war.
I.
Form duellum: duellum, bellum, videlicet quod duabus partibus de victoria contendentibus dimicatur. Inde est perduellis, qui pertinaciter retinet bellum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 66, 17 Mull.:
bellum antea duellum vocatum eo quod duae sunt dimicantium partes... Postea mutata littera dictum bellum,
Isid. Orig. 18, 1, 9: hos pestis necuit, pars occidit illa duellis, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 9, 861 P. (Ann. v. 549 Vahl.):
legiones reveniunt domum Exstincto duello maximo atque internecatis hostibus,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 35:
quae domi duellique male fecisti,
id. As. 3, 2, 13.—So in archaic style, or in citations from ancient documents:
quique agent rem duelli,
Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 21:
aes atque ferrum, duelli instrumenta,
id. ib. 2, 18, 45 (translated from the Platonic laws):
puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo,
Liv. 1, 32, 12 (quoted from ancient transactions); so,
quod duellum populo Romano cum Carthaginiensi est,
id. 22, 10, 2:
victoriaque duelli populi Romani erit,
id. 23, 11, 2:
si duellum quod cum rege Antiocho sumi populus jussit,
id. 36, 2, 2;
and from an ancient inscription' duello magno dirimendo, etc.,
id. 40, 52, 5.— Poet.:
hic... Pacem duello miscuit,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 38:
cadum Marsi memorem duelli,
id. ib. 3, 14, 18:
vacuum duellis Janum Quirini clausit,
id. ib. 4, 15, 8; cf. id. Ep. 1, 2, 7; 2, 1, 254; 2, 2, 98; Ov. F. 6, 201; Juv. 1, 169— [p. 227]
II.
Form bellum.
A.
War, warfare (abstr.), or a war, the war (concr.), i.e. hostilities between two nations (cf. tumultus).
1.
Specifying the enemy.
a.
By adjj. denoting the nation:
omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:
aliquot annis ante secundum Punicum bellum,
id. Ac. 2, 5, 13:
Britannicum bellum,
id. Att. 4, 16, 13:
Gallicum,
id. Prov. Cons. 14, 35:
Germanicum,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Sabinum,
Liv. 1, 26, 4:
Parthicum,
Vell. 2, 46, 2;
similarly: bellum piraticum,
the war against the pirates, Vell. 2, 33, 1.—Sometimes the adj. refers to the leader or king of the enemy:
Sertorianum bellum,
Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:
Mithridaticum,
id. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
Jugurthinum,
Hor. Epod. 9, 23; Vell. 2, 11, 1;
similarly: bellum regium,
the war against kings, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50. —Or it refers to the theatre of the war:
bellum Africanum, Transalpinum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28:
Asiaticum,
id. ib. 22, 64:
Africum,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32 fin.:
Actiacum,
Vell. 2, 86, 3:
Hispaniense,
id. 2, 55, 2.—
b.
With gen. of the name of the nation or its leader: bellum Latinorum, the Latin war, i. e. against the Latins, Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:
Venetorum,
Caes. B. G. 3, 16:
Helvetiorum,
id. ib. 1, 40 fin.;
1, 30: Ambiorigis,
id. ib. 6, 29, 4:
Pyrrhi, Philippi,
Cic. Phil. 11, 7, 17:
Samnitium,
Liv. 7, 29, 2.—
c.
With cum and abl. of the name.
(α).
Attributively:
cum Jugurtha, cum Cimbris, cum Teutonis bellum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 60:
belli causa cum Samnitibus,
Liv. 7, 29, 3:
hunc finem bellum cum Philippo habuit,
id. 33, 35, 12:
novum cum Antiocho instabat bellum,
id. 36, 36, 7; cf. id. 35, 40, 1; 38, 58, 8; 39, 1, 8; 44, 14, 7.—
(β).
With cum dependent on the verb:
quia bellum Aetolis esse dixi cum Aliis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 59:
novi consules... duo bella habuere... alterum cum Tiburtibus,
Liv. 7, 17, 2; esp. with gero, v. 2. b. a infra.—
d.
With adversus and acc. of the name.
(α).
Attributively:
bellum adversus Philippum,
Liv. 31, 1, 8:
bellum populus adversus Vestinos jussit,
id. 8, 29, 6.—
(β).
With adversus dependent on the verb: quod homines populi Hermunduli adversus populum Romanum bellum fecere, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1: nos pro vobis bellum suscepimus adversus Philippum. Liv. 31, 31, 18:
ut multo acrius adversus duos quam adversus unum pararet bellum,
id. 45, 11, 8:
bellum quod rex adversus Datamem susceperat,
Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
e.
With contra and acc.:
cum bellum nefarium contra aras et focos, contra vitam fortunasque nostras... non comparari, sed geri jam viderem,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
causam belli contra patriam inferendi,
id. ib. 2, 22, 53.—
f.
With in and acc. (very rare):
Athenienses in Peloponnesios sexto et vicesimo anno bellum gerentes,
Nep. Lys. 1, 1.—
g.
With inter and acc.:
hic finis belli inter Romanos ac Persea fuit,
Liv. 45, 9, 2.—
h.
With apud and acc.:
secutum est bellum gestum apud Mutinam,
Nep. Att. 9, 1.—
k.
With dat. of the enemy after inferre and facere, v. 2. a. k infra.—
2.
With verbs.
a.
Referring to the beginning of the war.
(α).
Bellum movere or commovere, to bring about, stir up a war:
summa erat observatio in bello movendo,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 37:
bellum commotum a Scapula,
id. Fam. 9, 13, 1:
nuntiabant alii... in Apulia servile bellum moveri,
Sall. C. 30, 2:
is primum Volscis bellum in ducentos amplius... annos movit,
Liv. 1, 53, 2:
insequenti anno Veiens bellum motum,
id. 4, 58, 6:
dii pium movere bellum,
id. 8, 6, 4; cf. Verg. A. 10, 627; id. G. 1, 509; so,
concitare,
Liv. 7, 27, 5; and ciere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 541; 6, 829; 12, 158.—
(β).
Bellum parare, comparare, apparare, or se praeparare bello, to prepare a war, or for a war:
cum tam pestiferum bellum pararet,
Cic. Att. 9, 13, 3:
bellum utrimque summopere parabatur,
Liv. 1, 23, 1; cf. id. 45, 11, 8 (v. II. A. 1. d. b supra); Nep. Hann. 2, 6; Quint. 12, 3, 5; Ov. M. 7, 456; so,
parare alicui,
Nep. Alcib. 9, 5:
bellum terra et mari comparat,
Cic. Att. 10, 4, 3:
tantum bellum... Cn. Pompeius extrema hieme apparavit, ineunte vere suscepit, media aestate confecit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 3, 5:
bellum omnium consensu apparari coeptum,
Liv. 4, 55, 7:
numquam imperator ita paci credit, ut non se praeparet bello,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 2.—
(γ).
Bellum differre, to postpone a war:
nec jam poterat bellum differri,
Liv. 2, 30, 7:
mors Hamilcaris et pueritia Hannibalis distulerunt bellum,
id. 21, 2, 3; cf. id. 5, 5, 3.—
(δ).
Bellum sumere, to undertake, begin a war (not in Caesar):
omne bellum sumi facile, ceterum aegerrume desinere,
Sall. J. 83, 1:
prius tamen omnia pati decrevit quam bellum sumere,
id. ib. 20, 5:
de integro bellum sumit,
id. ib. 62, 9:
iis haec maxima ratio belli sumendi fuerat,
Liv. 38, 19, 3:
sumi bellum etiam ab ignavis, strenuissimi cujusque periculo geri,
Tac. H. 4, 69; cf. id. A. 2, 45; 13, 34; 15, 5; 15, 7; id. Agr. 16.—
(ε).
Bellum suscipere (rarely inire), to undertake, commence a war, join in a war:
bellum ita suscipiatur ut nihil nisi pax quaesita videatur,
Cic. Off. 1, 23, 80:
suscipienda quidem bella sunt ob eam causam ut, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 11, 35:
judicavit a plerisque ignoratione... bellum esse susceptum,
join, id. Marcell. 5, 13; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 35 (v. supra):
cum avertisset plebem a suscipiendo bello,
undertaking, Liv. 4, 58, 14:
senatui cum Camillo agi placuit ut bellum Etruscum susciperet,
id. 6, 9, 5:
bella non causis inita, sed ut eorum merces fuit,
Vell. 2, 3, 3.—
(ζ).
Bellum consentire = bellum consensu decernere, to decree a war by agreement, to ratify a declaration of war (rare):
consensit et senatus bellum,
Liv. 8, 6, 8:
bellum erat consensum,
id. 1, 32, 12.—
(η).
Bellum alicui mandare, committere, decernere, dare, gerendum dare, ad aliquem deferre, or aliquem bello praeficere, praeponere, to assign a war to one as a commander, to give one the chief command in a war:
sed ne tum quidem populus Romanus ad privatum detulit bellum,
Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:
populus Romanus consuli... bellum gerendum dedit,
id. ib.:
cur non... eidem... hoc quoque bellum regium committamus?
id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50:
Camillus cui id bellum mandatum erat,
Liv. 5, 26, 3:
Volscum bellum M. Furio extra ordinem decretum,
id. 6, 22, 6:
Gallicum bellum Popilio extra ordinem datum,
id. 7, 23, 2:
quo die a vobis maritimo bello praepositus est imperator,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44:
cum ei (bello) imperatorem praeficere possitis, in quo sit eximia belli scientia,
id. ib. 16, 49:
hunc toti bello praefecerunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 11 fin.:
alicui bellum suscipiendum dare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 19, 58:
bellum administrandum permittere,
id. ib. 21, 61.—
(θ).
Bellum indicere alicui, to declare war against (the regular expression; coupled with facere in the ancient formula of the pater patratus), also bellum denuntiare: ob eam rem ego... populo Hermundulo... bellum (in)dico facioque, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1:
ob eam rem ego populusque Romanus populis... Latinis bellum indico facioque,
Liv. 1, 32, 13:
Corinthiis bellum indicamus an non?
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
ex quo intellegi potest, nullum bellum esse justum nisi quod aut rebus repetitis geratur, aut denuntiatum ante sit et indictum,
id. Off. 1, 11, 36; id. Rep. 3, 23, 35:
bellum indici posse existimabat,
Liv. 1, 22, 4:
ni reddantur (res) bellum indicere jussos,
id. 1, 22, 6:
ut... nec gererentur solum sed etiam indicerentur bella aliquo ritu, jus... descripsit quo res repetuntur,
id. 1, 32, 5; cf. id. 1, 32, 9; 2, 18, 11; 2, 38, 5; Verg. A. 7, 616.—
(κ).
Bellum inferre alicui (cf. contra aliquem, 1. e. supra; also bellum facere; absol., with dat., or with cum and abl.), to begin a war against ( with), to make war on:
Denseletis nefarium bellum intulisti,
Cic. Pis. 34, 84:
ei civitati bellum indici atque inferri solere,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:
qui sibi Galliaeque bellum intulissent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16; Nep. Them. 2, 4; Verg. A. 3, 248:
bellumne populo Romano Lampsacena civitas facere conabatur?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:
bellum patriae faciet,
id. Mil. 23, 63; id. Cat. 3, 9, 22:
civitatem Eburonum populo Romano bellum facere ausam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 28; cf. id. ib. 7, 2;
3, 29: constituit bellum facere,
Sall. C. 26, 5; 24, 2:
occupant bellum facere,
they are the first to begin the war, Liv. 1, 14, 4:
ut bellum cum Priscis Latinis fieret,
id. 1, 32, 13:
populus Palaepolitanis bellum fieri jussit,
id. 8, 22, 8; cf. Nep. Dion, 4, 3; id. Ages. 2, 1.— Coupled with instruere, to sustain a war:
urbs quae bellum facere atque instruere possit,
Cic. Agr. 2, 28, 77.—Bellum facere had become obsolete at Seneca's time, Sen. Ep. 114, 17.—
(λ).
Bellum oritur or exoritur, a war begins:
subito bellum in Gallia ex, ortum est,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:
aliud multo propius bellum ortum,
Liv. 1, 14, 4:
Veiens bellum exortum,
id. 2, 53, 1.—

bellum
(ante-class. and poet.
duel-lum
), i, n. [Sanscr. dva, dvi, dus; cf. Germ. zwei; Engl. two, twice; for the change from initial du- to b-, cf. bis for duis, and v. the letter B, and Varr. L. L. 5, § 73 Mull.; 7, § 49 ib.], war.
I.
Form duellum: duellum, bellum, videlicet quod duabus partibus de victoria contendentibus dimicatur. Inde est perduellis, qui pertinaciter retinet bellum, Paul. ex Fest. p. 66, 17 Mull.:
bellum antea duellum vocatum eo quod duae sunt dimicantium partes... Postea mutata littera dictum bellum,
Isid. Orig. 18, 1, 9: hos pestis necuit, pars occidit illa duellis, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 9, 861 P. (Ann. v. 549 Vahl.):
legiones reveniunt domum Exstincto duello maximo atque internecatis hostibus,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 35:
quae domi duellique male fecisti,
id. As. 3, 2, 13.—So in archaic style, or in citations from ancient documents:
quique agent rem duelli,
Cic. Leg. 2, 8, 21:
aes atque ferrum, duelli instrumenta,
id. ib. 2, 18, 45 (translated from the Platonic laws):
puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo,
Liv. 1, 32, 12 (quoted from ancient transactions); so,
quod duellum populo Romano cum Carthaginiensi est,
id. 22, 10, 2:
victoriaque duelli populi Romani erit,
id. 23, 11, 2:
si duellum quod cum rege Antiocho sumi populus jussit,
id. 36, 2, 2;
and from an ancient inscription' duello magno dirimendo, etc.,
id. 40, 52, 5.— Poet.:
hic... Pacem duello miscuit,
Hor. C. 3, 5, 38:
cadum Marsi memorem duelli,
id. ib. 3, 14, 18:
vacuum duellis Janum Quirini clausit,
id. ib. 4, 15, 8; cf. id. Ep. 1, 2, 7; 2, 1, 254; 2, 2, 98; Ov. F. 6, 201; Juv. 1, 169— [p. 227]
II.
Form bellum.
A.
War, warfare (abstr.), or a war, the war (concr.), i.e. hostilities between two nations (cf. tumultus).
1.
Specifying the enemy.
a.
By adjj. denoting the nation:
omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:
aliquot annis ante secundum Punicum bellum,
id. Ac. 2, 5, 13:
Britannicum bellum,
id. Att. 4, 16, 13:
Gallicum,
id. Prov. Cons. 14, 35:
Germanicum,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Sabinum,
Liv. 1, 26, 4:
Parthicum,
Vell. 2, 46, 2;
similarly: bellum piraticum,
the war against the pirates, Vell. 2, 33, 1.—Sometimes the adj. refers to the leader or king of the enemy:
Sertorianum bellum,
Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:
Mithridaticum,
id. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
Jugurthinum,
Hor. Epod. 9, 23; Vell. 2, 11, 1;
similarly: bellum regium,
the war against kings, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50. —Or it refers to the theatre of the war:
bellum Africanum, Transalpinum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28:
Asiaticum,
id. ib. 22, 64:
Africum,
Caes. B. C. 2, 32 fin.:
Actiacum,
Vell. 2, 86, 3:
Hispaniense,
id. 2, 55, 2.—
b.
With gen. of the name of the nation or its leader: bellum Latinorum, the Latin war, i. e. against the Latins, Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:
Venetorum,
Caes. B. G. 3, 16:
Helvetiorum,
id. ib. 1, 40 fin.;
1, 30: Ambiorigis,
id. ib. 6, 29, 4:
Pyrrhi, Philippi,
Cic. Phil. 11, 7, 17:
Samnitium,
Liv. 7, 29, 2.—
c.
With cum and abl. of the name.
(α).
Attributively:
cum Jugurtha, cum Cimbris, cum Teutonis bellum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 60:
belli causa cum Samnitibus,
Liv. 7, 29, 3:
hunc finem bellum cum Philippo habuit,
id. 33, 35, 12:
novum cum Antiocho instabat bellum,
id. 36, 36, 7; cf. id. 35, 40, 1; 38, 58, 8; 39, 1, 8; 44, 14, 7.—
(β).
With cum dependent on the verb:
quia bellum Aetolis esse dixi cum Aliis,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 59:
novi consules... duo bella habuere... alterum cum Tiburtibus,
Liv. 7, 17, 2; esp. with gero, v. 2. b. a infra.—
d.
With adversus and acc. of the name.
(α).
Attributively:
bellum adversus Philippum,
Liv. 31, 1, 8:
bellum populus adversus Vestinos jussit,
id. 8, 29, 6.—
(β).
With adversus dependent on the verb: quod homines populi Hermunduli adversus populum Romanum bellum fecere, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1: nos pro vobis bellum suscepimus adversus Philippum. Liv. 31, 31, 18:
ut multo acrius adversus duos quam adversus unum pararet bellum,
id. 45, 11, 8:
bellum quod rex adversus Datamem susceperat,
Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
e.
With contra and acc.:
cum bellum nefarium contra aras et focos, contra vitam fortunasque nostras... non comparari, sed geri jam viderem,
Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
causam belli contra patriam inferendi,
id. ib. 2, 22, 53.—
f.
With in and acc. (very rare):
Athenienses in Peloponnesios sexto et vicesimo anno bellum gerentes,
Nep. Lys. 1, 1.—
g.
With inter and acc.:
hic finis belli inter Romanos ac Persea fuit,
Liv. 45, 9, 2.—
h.
With apud and acc.:
secutum est bellum gestum apud Mutinam,
Nep. Att. 9, 1.—
k.
With dat. of the enemy after inferre and facere, v. 2. a. k infra.—
2.
With verbs.
a.
Referring to the beginning of the war.
(α).
Bellum movere or commovere, to bring about, stir up a war:
summa erat observatio in bello movendo,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 37:
bellum commotum a Scapula,
id. Fam. 9, 13, 1:
nuntiabant alii... in Apulia servile bellum moveri,
Sall. C. 30, 2:
is primum Volscis bellum in ducentos amplius... annos movit,
Liv. 1, 53, 2:
insequenti anno Veiens bellum motum,
id. 4, 58, 6:
dii pium movere bellum,
id. 8, 6, 4; cf. Verg. A. 10, 627; id. G. 1, 509; so,
concitare,
Liv. 7, 27, 5; and ciere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 541; 6, 829; 12, 158.—
(β).
Bellum parare, comparare, apparare, or se praeparare bello, to prepare a war, or for a war:
cum tam pestiferum bellum pararet,
Cic. Att. 9, 13, 3:
bellum utrimque summopere parabatur,
Liv. 1, 23, 1; cf. id. 45, 11, 8 (v. II. A. 1. d. b supra); Nep. Hann. 2, 6; Quint. 12, 3, 5; Ov. M. 7, 456; so,
parare alicui,
Nep. Alcib. 9, 5:
bellum terra et mari comparat,
Cic. Att. 10, 4, 3:
tantum bellum... Cn. Pompeius extrema hieme apparavit, ineunte vere suscepit, media aestate confecit,
id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 3, 5:
bellum omnium consensu apparari coeptum,
Liv. 4, 55, 7:
numquam imperator ita paci credit, ut non se praeparet bello,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 2.—
(γ).
Bellum differre, to postpone a war:
nec jam poterat bellum differri,
Liv. 2, 30, 7:
mors Hamilcaris et pueritia Hannibalis distulerunt bellum,
id. 21, 2, 3; cf. id. 5, 5, 3.—
(δ).
Bellum sumere, to undertake, begin a war (not in Caesar):
omne bellum sumi facile, ceterum aegerrume desinere,
Sall. J. 83, 1:
prius tamen omnia pati decrevit quam bellum sumere,
id. ib. 20, 5:
de integro bellum sumit,
id. ib. 62, 9:
iis haec maxima ratio belli sumendi fuerat,
Liv. 38, 19, 3:
sumi bellum etiam ab ignavis, strenuissimi cujusque periculo geri,
Tac. H. 4, 69; cf. id. A. 2, 45; 13, 34; 15, 5; 15, 7; id. Agr. 16.—
(ε).
Bellum suscipere (rarely inire), to undertake, commence a war, join in a war:
bellum ita suscipiatur ut nihil nisi pax quaesita videatur,
Cic. Off. 1, 23, 80:
suscipienda quidem bella sunt ob eam causam ut, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 11, 35:
judicavit a plerisque ignoratione... bellum esse susceptum,
join, id. Marcell. 5, 13; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 35 (v. supra):
cum avertisset plebem a suscipiendo bello,
undertaking, Liv. 4, 58, 14:
senatui cum Camillo agi placuit ut bellum Etruscum susciperet,
id. 6, 9, 5:
bella non causis inita, sed ut eorum merces fuit,
Vell. 2, 3, 3.—
(ζ).
Bellum consentire = bellum consensu decernere, to decree a war by agreement, to ratify a declaration of war (rare):
consensit et senatus bellum,
Liv. 8, 6, 8:
bellum erat consensum,
id. 1, 32, 12.—
(η).
Bellum alicui mandare, committere, decernere, dare, gerendum dare, ad aliquem deferre, or aliquem bello praeficere, praeponere, to assign a war to one as a commander, to give one the chief command in a war:
sed ne tum quidem populus Romanus ad privatum detulit bellum,
Cic. Phil. 11, 8, 18:
populus Romanus consuli... bellum gerendum dedit,
id. ib.:
cur non... eidem... hoc quoque bellum regium committamus?
id. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50:
Camillus cui id bellum mandatum erat,
Liv. 5, 26, 3:
Volscum bellum M. Furio extra ordinem decretum,
id. 6, 22, 6:
Gallicum bellum Popilio extra ordinem datum,
id. 7, 23, 2:
quo die a vobis maritimo bello praepositus est imperator,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44:
cum ei (bello) imperatorem praeficere possitis, in quo sit eximia belli scientia,
id. ib. 16, 49:
hunc toti bello praefecerunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 11 fin.:
alicui bellum suscipiendum dare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 19, 58:
bellum administrandum permittere,
id. ib. 21, 61.—
(θ).
Bellum indicere alicui, to declare war against (the regular expression; coupled with facere in the ancient formula of the pater patratus), also bellum denuntiare: ob eam rem ego... populo Hermundulo... bellum (in)dico facioque, Cincius ap. Gell. 16, 14, 1:
ob eam rem ego populusque Romanus populis... Latinis bellum indico facioque,
Liv. 1, 32, 13:
Corinthiis bellum indicamus an non?
Cic. Inv. 1, 12, 17:
ex quo intellegi potest, nullum bellum esse justum nisi quod aut rebus repetitis geratur, aut denuntiatum ante sit et indictum,
id. Off. 1, 11, 36; id. Rep. 3, 23, 35:
bellum indici posse existimabat,
Liv. 1, 22, 4:
ni reddantur (res) bellum indicere jussos,
id. 1, 22, 6:
ut... nec gererentur solum sed etiam indicerentur bella aliquo ritu, jus... descripsit quo res repetuntur,
id. 1, 32, 5; cf. id. 1, 32, 9; 2, 18, 11; 2, 38, 5; Verg. A. 7, 616.—
(κ).
Bellum inferre alicui (cf. contra aliquem, 1. e. supra; also bellum facere; absol., with dat., or with cum and abl.), to begin a war against ( with), to make war on:
Denseletis nefarium bellum intulisti,
Cic. Pis. 34, 84:
ei civitati bellum indici atque inferri solere,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:
qui sibi Galliaeque bellum intulissent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16; Nep. Them. 2, 4; Verg. A. 3, 248:
bellumne populo Romano Lampsacena civitas facere conabatur?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 31, § 79:
bellum patriae faciet,
id. Mil. 23, 63; id. Cat. 3, 9, 22:
civitatem Eburonum populo Romano bellum facere ausam,
Caes. B. G. 5, 28; cf. id. ib. 7, 2;
3, 29: constituit bellum facere,
Sall. C. 26, 5; 24, 2:
occupant bellum facere,
they are the first to begin the war, Liv. 1, 14, 4:
ut bellum cum Priscis Latinis fieret,
id. 1, 32, 13:
populus Palaepolitanis bellum fieri jussit,
id. 8, 22, 8; cf. Nep. Dion, 4, 3; id. Ages. 2, 1.— Coupled with instruere, to sustain a war:
urbs quae bellum facere atque instruere possit,
Cic. Agr. 2, 28, 77.—Bellum facere had become obsolete at Seneca's time, Sen. Ep. 114, 17.—
(λ).
Bellum oritur or exoritur, a war begins:
subito bellum in Gallia ex, ortum est,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:
aliud multo propius bellum ortum,
Liv. 1, 14, 4:
Veiens bellum exortum,
id. 2, 53, 1.—
b.
Referring to the carrying on of the war: bellum gerere, to carry on a war; absol., with cum and abl., per and acc., or in and abl. (cf.:
bellum gerere in aliquem, 1. a. and f. supra): nisi forte ego vobis... cessare nunc videor cum bella non gero,
Cic. Sen. 6, 18:
cum Celtiberis, cum Cimbris bellum ut cum inimicis gerebatur,
id. Off. 1, 12, 38:
cum ei bellum ut cum rege Perse gereret obtigisset,
id. Div. 1, 46, 103:
erant hae difficultates belli gerendi,
Caes. B. G. 3, 10:
bellum cum Germanis gerere constituit,
id. ib. 4, 6:
Cn. Pompeius in extremis terris bellum gerebat,
Sall. C. 16, 5:
bellum quod Hannibale duce Carthaginienses cum populo Romano gessere,
Liv. 21, 1, 1:
alter consul in Sabinis bellum gessit,
id. 2, 62, 3:
de exercitibus per quos id bellum gereretur,
id. 23, 25, 5:
Chabrias bella in Aegypto sua sponte gessit,
Nep. Chabr, 2, 1.—Sometimes bellum administrare only of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 43; Nep. Chabr. 2, 1. —Also (very rare):
bellum bellare,
Liv. 8, 40, 1 (but belligerantes is absol., Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38; Ann. v. 201 Vahl.);
in the same sense: bellum agere,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3. —As a synonym:
bello persequi aliquem,
Nep. Con. 4, 1; cf. Liv. 3, 25, 3.—
(β).
Trahere or ducere bellum, to protract a war:
necesse est enim aut trahi id bellum, aut, etc.,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 2:
bellum trahi non posse,
Sall. J. 23, 2:
belli trahendi causa,
Liv. 5, 11, 8:
morae qua trahebant bellum paenitebat,
id. 9, 27, 5:
suadere institui ut bellum duceret,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 2:
bellum enim ducetur,
id. ad Brut. 1, 18, 6; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; id. Dat. 8, 4;
similarly: cum his molliter et per dilationes bellum geri oportet?
Liv. 5, 5, 1.—
(γ).
Bellum repellere, defendere, or propulsare, to ward off, defend one ' s self against a war:
bellum Gallicum C. Caesare imperatore gestum est, antea tantummodo repulsum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32:
quod bellum non intulerit sed defenderit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 44:
Samnitium vix a se ipsis eo tempore propulsantium bellum,
Liv. 8, 37, 5.—
c.
Referring to the end of a war.
(α).
Bellum deponere, ponere, or omittere, to give up, discontinue a war:
in quo (i.e. bello) et gerendo et deponendo jus ut plurimum valeret lege sanximus,
Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 34:
(bellum) cum deponi victores velint,
Sall. J. 83, 1:
bellum decem ferme annis ante depositum erat,
Liv. 31, 1, 8:
nos depositum a vobis bellum et ipsi omisimus,
id. 31, 31, 19:
dicit posse condicionibus bellum poni,
Sall. J. 112, 1:
bellum grave cum Etruria positum est,
id. H. Fragm. 1, 9 Dietsch:
velut posito bello,
Liv. 1, 53, 5:
manere bellum quod positum simuletur,
id. 1, 53, 7:
posito ubique bello,
Tac. H. 2, 52; cf. Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 93; Verg. A. 1, 291:
omisso Romano bello Porsinna filium Arruntem Ariciam... mittit,
Liv. 2, 14, 5.—
(β).
Bellum componere, to end a war by agreement, make peace:
timerent ne bellum componeretur,
Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 3:
si bellum compositum foret,
Sall. J. 97, 2:
belli componendi licentiam,
id. ib. 103, 3; cf. Nep. Ham. 1, 5; id. Hann. 6, 2; id. Alcib. 8, 3; Verg. A. 12, 109;
similarly: bellum sedare,
Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
(γ).
Bellum conficere, perficere, finire, to finish, end a war; conficere (the most usual term) and perficere, = to finish a war by conquering; finire (rare), without implying success:
is bellum confecerit qui Antonium oppresserit,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12, 2:
bellumque maximum conficies,
id. Rep. 6, 11, 11:
confecto Mithridatico bello,
id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; cf. id. Fam. 5, 10, 3; id. Imp. Pomp. 14, 42:
quo proelio... bellum Venetorum confectum est,
Caes. B. G. 3, 16; cf. id. ib. 1, 30; 1, 44; 1, 54; 3, 28;
4, 16: bello confecto de Rhodiis consultum est,
Sall. C. 51, 5; cf. id. J. 36, 1; 114, 3:
neminem nisi bello confecto pecuniam petiturum esse,
Liv. 24, 18, 11; cf. id. 21, 40, 11; 23, 6, 2; 31, 47, 4; 32, 32, 6;
36, 2, 3: bello perfecto,
Caes. B. C. 3, 18, 5; Liv. 1, 38, 3:
se quo die hostem vidisset perfecturum (i. e. bellum),
id. 22, 38, 7; 31, 4, 2; cf. id. 3, 24, 1; 34, 6, 12; Just. 5, 2, 11:
neque desiturum ante... quam finitum aliqua tolerabili condicione bellum videro,
Liv. 23, 12, 10: finito ex maxima parte.. [p. 228] italico bello, Vell. 2, 17, 1; Curt. 3, 1, 9; Tac. A. 15, 17; Just. 16, 2, 6; 24, 1, 8; Verg. A. 11, 116.—
d.
Less usual connections:
bellum delere: non modo praesentia sed etiam futura bella delevit,
Cic. Lael. 3, 11; cf. Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:
alere ac fovere bellum,
Liv. 42, 11, 5:
bellum navare alicui,
Tac. H. 5, 25:
spargere,
id. A. 3, 21; id. Agr. 38; Luc. 2, 682:
serere,
Liv. 21, 10, 4:
circumferre,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
exercere,
id. ib. 6, 31:
quam celeriter belli impetus navigavit ( = quam celeriter navale bellum gestum est),
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 34; so Flor. 2, 2, 17:
bellum ascendit in rupes,
id. 4, 12, 4:
bellum serpit in proximos,
id. 2, 9, 4; cf. id. 2, 2, 15:
bella narrare,
Cic. Or. 9, 30:
canere bella,
Quint. 10, 1, 91:
bella legere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28.—
3.
As object denoting place or time.
a.
Proficisci ad bellum, to depart for the war.
(α).
Of the commander:
consul sortitu ad bellum profectus,
Cic. Phil. 14, 2, 4; cf. id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
ipse ad bellum Ambiorigis profectus,
Caes. B. G. 6, 29, 4:
ut duo ex tribunis ad bellum proficiscerentur,
Liv. 4, 45, 7; cf. id. 6, 2, 9: Nep. Alcib. 4, 1; Sall. H. 2, 96 Dietsch. —Post-class.:
in bellum,
Just. 2, 11, 9; Gell. 17, 9, 8.—
(β).
Of persons partaking in a war:
si proficiscerer ad bellum,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 1. —
b.
Ad bellum mittere, of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50; 21, 62.—
c.
In bella ruere, Verg. A. 7, 782; 9, 182:
in bella sequi,
id. ib. 8, 547.—
d.
Of time.
(α).
In the locative case belli, in war, during war; generally with domi ( = domi militiaeque):
valete, judices justissimi, domi bellique duellatores,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 68; so,
domi duellique,
id. As. 3, 2, 13 (v. I. supra):
quibuscunque rebus vel belli vel domi poterunt rem publicam augeant,
Cic. Off. 2, 24, 85:
paucorum arbitrio belli domique agitabatur,
Sall. J. 41, 7:
animus belli ingens, domi modicus,
id. ib. 63, 2; Liv. 2, 50, 11; 1, 36, 6; so id. 3, 43, 1; cf.:
bello domique,
id. 1, 34, 12:
domi belloque,
id. 9, 26, 21; and:
neque bello, neque domi,
id. 4, 35, 3.—Without domi:
simul rem et gloriam armis belli repperi,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 60 (where belli may be taken with gloriam; cf.
Wagn. ad loc.): magnae res temporibus illis a fortissimis viris... belli gerebantur,
Cic. Rep. 2, 32, 86.—
(β).
In bello or in bellis, during war or wars, in the war, in the wars; with adj.:
ad haec quae in civili bello fecerit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 47; cf. id. ib. 14, 8, 22:
in ipso bello eadem sensi,
id. Marcell. 5, 14:
in Volsco bello virtus enituit,
Liv. 2, 24, 8:
in eo bello,
id. 23, 46, 6:
in Punicis bellis, Plin.8, 14, 14, § 37: in bello Trojano,
id. 30, 1, 2, § 5.—Without adj.:
ut fit in bello, capitur alter filius,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 25:
qui in bello occiderunt,
Cic. Fam. 9, 5, 2:
quod in bello saepius vindicatum est in eos, etc.,
Sall. C. 9, 4:
non in bello solum, sed etiam in pace,
Liv. 1, 15, 8; 2, 23, 2:
in bello parta,
Quint. 5, 10, 42; 12, 1, 28.—
(γ).
Abl. bello or bellis = in bello or in bellis (freq.); with adjj.: nos semper omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis amicitiam fidemque populi Romani secuti sumus. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:
bello Italico,
id. Pis. 36, 87:
Veienti bello,
id. Div. 1, 44, 100:
domestico bello,
id. Planc. 29, 70:
qui Volsco, Aurunco Sabinoque militassent bello,
Liv. 23, 12, 11:
victor tot intra paucos dies bellis,
id. 2, 27, 1:
nullo bello, multis tamen proeliis victus,
id. 9, 18, 9:
bello civili,
Quint. 11, 1, 36.—With gen.:
praesentiam saepe divi suam declarant, ut et apud Regillum bello Latinorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:
suam felicitatem Helvetiorum bello esse perspectam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40.—Without attrib.:
qui etiam bello victis regibus regna reddere consuevit,
Cic. Sest. 26, 57:
res pace belloque gestas,
Liv. 2, 1, 1:
egregieque rebus bello gestis,
id. 1, 33, 9; so id. 23, 12, 11:
ludi bello voti,
id. 4, 35. 3:
princeps pace belloque,
id. 7, 1, 9:
Cotyn bello juvisse Persea,
id. 45, 42, 7:
bello parta,
Quint. 5, 10, 15; cf. id. 7, 4, 22; Ov. M. 8, 19.—
(δ).
Inter bellum (rare):
cujus originis morem necesse est... inter bellum natum esse,
Liv. 2, 14, 2:
inter haec bella consules... facti,
id. 2, 63, 1.—
4.
Bellum in attributive connection.
a.
Justum bellum.
(α).
A righteous war, Cic. Off. 1, 11, 36 (v. II. A. 2. a. th supra):
justum piumque bellum,
Liv. 1, 23, 4:
non loquor apud recusantem justa bella populum,
id. 7, 30, 17; so Ov. M. 8, 58; cf.: illa injusta sunt bella quae sine causa suscepta sunt, Cic. Rep. 3, 23, 35.—
(β).
A regular war (opp. a raid, etc.):
in fines Romanos excucurrerunt, populabundi magis quam justi more belli,
Liv. 1, 15, 1.—
b.
For the different kinds of war: domesticum, civile, intestinum, externum, navale, maritimum, terra marique gestum, servile, sociale; v. hh. vv.—
c.
Belli eventus or exitus, the result of a war:
quicunque belli eventus fuisset,
Cic. Marcell. 8, 24:
haud sane alio animo belli eventum exspectabant,
Sall. C. 37, 9:
eventus tamen belli minus miserabilem dimicationem fecit,
Liv. 1, 23, 2; cf. id. 7, 11, 1:
exitus hujus calamitosissimi belli,
Cic. Fam. 6, 21, 1:
cum esset incertus exitus et anceps fortuna belli,
id. Marcell. 5, 15; so id. Off. 2, 8,:
Britannici belli exitus exspectatur,
id. Att. 4, 16, 13:
cetera bella maximeque Veiens incerti exitus erant,
Liv. 5, 16, 8.—
d.
Fortuna belli, the chances of war:
adeo varia fortuna belli ancepsque Mars fuit ut,
Liv. 21, 1, 2; cf. Cic. Marcell. 5, 15 (v. c. supra).—
e.
Belli artes, military skill:
cuilibet superiorum regum belli pacisque et artibus et gloria par,
Liv. 1, 35, 1:
haud ignotas belli artes,
id. 21, 1, 2:
temperata et belli et pacis artibus erat civitas,
id. 1, 21, 6.—
f.
Jus belli, the law of war: jura belli, the rights ( law) of war:
in re publica maxime servanda sunt jura belli,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 34:
sunt et belli sicut pacis jura,
Liv. 5, 27, 6:
jure belli res vindicatur,
Gai. Inst. 3, 94.—
g.
Belli duces praestantissimos, the most excellent captains, generals, Cic. Or. 1, 2, 7:
trium simul bellorum victor,
a victor in three wars, Liv. 6, 4, 1 (cf.:
victor tot bellis,
id. 2, 27, 1). —
h.
Belli vulnera, Cic. Marcell. 8, 24.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Of things concr. and abstr.:
qui parietibus, qui tectis, qui columnis ac postibus meis... bellum intulistis,
Cic. Dom. 23, 60:
bellum contra aras et focos,
id. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
miror cur philosophiae... bellum indixeris,
id. Or. 2, 37, 155:
ventri Indico bellum,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 8.—
2.
Of animals:
milvo est quoddam bellum quasi naturale cum corvo,
Cic. N. D. 2, 49, 125:
hanc Juno Esse jussit gruem, populisque suis indicere bellum,
Ov. M. 6, 92.—
3.
With individuals:
quid mihi opu'st... cum eis gerere bellum, etc.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 14:
nihil turpius quam cum eo bellum gerere quicum familiariter vixeris,
Cic. Lael. 21, 77:
cum mihi uni cum improbis aeternum videam bellum susceptum,
id. Sull. 9, 28:
hoc tibi juventus Romana indicimus bellum,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
falsum testem justo ac pio bello persequebatur,
id. 3, 25, 3:
tribunicium domi bellum patres territat,
id. 3, 24, 1; cf. Plin. Ep. 1, 2, 57.—Ironically:
equus Trojanus qui tot invictos viros muliebre bellum gerentes tulerit ac texerit,
Cic. Cael. 28, 67.—
4.
In mal. part., Hor. C. 3, 26, 3; 4, 1, 2.—
5.
Personified as god of war ( = Janus):
tabulas duas quae Belli faciem pictam habent,
Plin. 35, 4, 10, § 27:
sunt geminae Belli portae, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 607:
mortiferumque averso in limine Bellum,
id. ib. 6, 279.—
6.
Plur.: bella, army ( poet.):
permanet Aonius Nereus violentus in undis, Bellaque non transfert (i.e. Graecorum exercitum),
Ov. M. 12, 24:
sed victae fera bella deae vexere per aequora,
Sil. 7, 472:
quid faciat bellis obsessus et undis?
Stat. Th. 9, 490.—
7.
Battle, = proelium:
rorarii dicti a rore: qui bellum committebant ante,
Varr. L. L. 7, 3, 92:
quod in bello saepius vindicatum in eos qui... tardius, revocati, bello excesserant,
Sall. C. 9, 4:
praecipua laus ejus belli penes consules fuit,
Liv. 8, 10, 7:
commisso statim bello,
Front. Strat. 1, 11, 2:
Actia bella,
Verg. A. 8, 675:
ingentem pugnam, ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent,
id. ib. 2, 439; cf. Flor. 3, 5, 11; Just. 2, 12; 18, 1 fin.; 24, 8; Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 98 (form duellum); Ov. H. 1, 1, 69; Verg. A. 8, 547; 12, 390; 12, 633; Stat. Th. 3, 666. —
8.
Bellum = liber de bello:
quam gaudebat Bello suo Punico Naevius!
Cic. Sen. 14, 50.
b.
Referring to the carrying on of the war: bellum gerere, to carry on a war; absol., with cum and abl., per and acc., or in and abl. (cf.:
bellum gerere in aliquem, 1. a. and f. supra): nisi forte ego vobis... cessare nunc videor cum bella non gero,
Cic. Sen. 6, 18:
cum Celtiberis, cum Cimbris bellum ut cum inimicis gerebatur,
id. Off. 1, 12, 38:
cum ei bellum ut cum rege Perse gereret obtigisset,
id. Div. 1, 46, 103:
erant hae difficultates belli gerendi,
Caes. B. G. 3, 10:
bellum cum Germanis gerere constituit,
id. ib. 4, 6:
Cn. Pompeius in extremis terris bellum gerebat,
Sall. C. 16, 5:
bellum quod Hannibale duce Carthaginienses cum populo Romano gessere,
Liv. 21, 1, 1:
alter consul in Sabinis bellum gessit,
id. 2, 62, 3:
de exercitibus per quos id bellum gereretur,
id. 23, 25, 5:
Chabrias bella in Aegypto sua sponte gessit,
Nep. Chabr, 2, 1.—Sometimes bellum administrare only of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 43; Nep. Chabr. 2, 1. —Also (very rare):
bellum bellare,
Liv. 8, 40, 1 (but belligerantes is absol., Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38; Ann. v. 201 Vahl.);
in the same sense: bellum agere,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3. —As a synonym:
bello persequi aliquem,
Nep. Con. 4, 1; cf. Liv. 3, 25, 3.—
(β).
Trahere or ducere bellum, to protract a war:
necesse est enim aut trahi id bellum, aut, etc.,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 2:
bellum trahi non posse,
Sall. J. 23, 2:
belli trahendi causa,
Liv. 5, 11, 8:
morae qua trahebant bellum paenitebat,
id. 9, 27, 5:
suadere institui ut bellum duceret,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 2:
bellum enim ducetur,
id. ad Brut. 1, 18, 6; Nep. Alcib. 8, 1; id. Dat. 8, 4;
similarly: cum his molliter et per dilationes bellum geri oportet?
Liv. 5, 5, 1.—
(γ).
Bellum repellere, defendere, or propulsare, to ward off, defend one ' s self against a war:
bellum Gallicum C. Caesare imperatore gestum est, antea tantummodo repulsum,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 13, 32:
quod bellum non intulerit sed defenderit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 44:
Samnitium vix a se ipsis eo tempore propulsantium bellum,
Liv. 8, 37, 5.—
c.
Referring to the end of a war.
(α).
Bellum deponere, ponere, or omittere, to give up, discontinue a war:
in quo (i.e. bello) et gerendo et deponendo jus ut plurimum valeret lege sanximus,
Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 34:
(bellum) cum deponi victores velint,
Sall. J. 83, 1:
bellum decem ferme annis ante depositum erat,
Liv. 31, 1, 8:
nos depositum a vobis bellum et ipsi omisimus,
id. 31, 31, 19:
dicit posse condicionibus bellum poni,
Sall. J. 112, 1:
bellum grave cum Etruria positum est,
id. H. Fragm. 1, 9 Dietsch:
velut posito bello,
Liv. 1, 53, 5:
manere bellum quod positum simuletur,
id. 1, 53, 7:
posito ubique bello,
Tac. H. 2, 52; cf. Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 93; Verg. A. 1, 291:
omisso Romano bello Porsinna filium Arruntem Ariciam... mittit,
Liv. 2, 14, 5.—
(β).
Bellum componere, to end a war by agreement, make peace:
timerent ne bellum componeretur,
Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 3:
si bellum compositum foret,
Sall. J. 97, 2:
belli componendi licentiam,
id. ib. 103, 3; cf. Nep. Ham. 1, 5; id. Hann. 6, 2; id. Alcib. 8, 3; Verg. A. 12, 109;
similarly: bellum sedare,
Nep. Dat. 8, 5.—
(γ).
Bellum conficere, perficere, finire, to finish, end a war; conficere (the most usual term) and perficere, = to finish a war by conquering; finire (rare), without implying success:
is bellum confecerit qui Antonium oppresserit,
Cic. Fam. 11, 12, 2:
bellumque maximum conficies,
id. Rep. 6, 11, 11:
confecto Mithridatico bello,
id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; cf. id. Fam. 5, 10, 3; id. Imp. Pomp. 14, 42:
quo proelio... bellum Venetorum confectum est,
Caes. B. G. 3, 16; cf. id. ib. 1, 30; 1, 44; 1, 54; 3, 28;
4, 16: bello confecto de Rhodiis consultum est,
Sall. C. 51, 5; cf. id. J. 36, 1; 114, 3:
neminem nisi bello confecto pecuniam petiturum esse,
Liv. 24, 18, 11; cf. id. 21, 40, 11; 23, 6, 2; 31, 47, 4; 32, 32, 6;
36, 2, 3: bello perfecto,
Caes. B. C. 3, 18, 5; Liv. 1, 38, 3:
se quo die hostem vidisset perfecturum (i. e. bellum),
id. 22, 38, 7; 31, 4, 2; cf. id. 3, 24, 1; 34, 6, 12; Just. 5, 2, 11:
neque desiturum ante... quam finitum aliqua tolerabili condicione bellum videro,
Liv. 23, 12, 10: finito ex maxima parte.. [p. 228] italico bello, Vell. 2, 17, 1; Curt. 3, 1, 9; Tac. A. 15, 17; Just. 16, 2, 6; 24, 1, 8; Verg. A. 11, 116.—
d.
Less usual connections:
bellum delere: non modo praesentia sed etiam futura bella delevit,
Cic. Lael. 3, 11; cf. Nep. Alcib. 8, 4:
alere ac fovere bellum,
Liv. 42, 11, 5:
bellum navare alicui,
Tac. H. 5, 25:
spargere,
id. A. 3, 21; id. Agr. 38; Luc. 2, 682:
serere,
Liv. 21, 10, 4:
circumferre,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
exercere,
id. ib. 6, 31:
quam celeriter belli impetus navigavit ( = quam celeriter navale bellum gestum est),
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 34; so Flor. 2, 2, 17:
bellum ascendit in rupes,
id. 4, 12, 4:
bellum serpit in proximos,
id. 2, 9, 4; cf. id. 2, 2, 15:
bella narrare,
Cic. Or. 9, 30:
canere bella,
Quint. 10, 1, 91:
bella legere,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 28.—
3.
As object denoting place or time.
a.
Proficisci ad bellum, to depart for the war.
(α).
Of the commander:
consul sortitu ad bellum profectus,
Cic. Phil. 14, 2, 4; cf. id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
ipse ad bellum Ambiorigis profectus,
Caes. B. G. 6, 29, 4:
ut duo ex tribunis ad bellum proficiscerentur,
Liv. 4, 45, 7; cf. id. 6, 2, 9: Nep. Alcib. 4, 1; Sall. H. 2, 96 Dietsch. —Post-class.:
in bellum,
Just. 2, 11, 9; Gell. 17, 9, 8.—
(β).
Of persons partaking in a war:
si proficiscerer ad bellum,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3, 1. —
b.
Ad bellum mittere, of the commander, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 17, 50; 21, 62.—
c.
In bella ruere, Verg. A. 7, 782; 9, 182:
in bella sequi,
id. ib. 8, 547.—
d.
Of time.
(α).
In the locative case belli, in war, during war; generally with domi ( = domi militiaeque):
valete, judices justissimi, domi bellique duellatores,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 68; so,
domi duellique,
id. As. 3, 2, 13 (v. I. supra):
quibuscunque rebus vel belli vel domi poterunt rem publicam augeant,
Cic. Off. 2, 24, 85:
paucorum arbitrio belli domique agitabatur,
Sall. J. 41, 7:
animus belli ingens, domi modicus,
id. ib. 63, 2; Liv. 2, 50, 11; 1, 36, 6; so id. 3, 43, 1; cf.:
bello domique,
id. 1, 34, 12:
domi belloque,
id. 9, 26, 21; and:
neque bello, neque domi,
id. 4, 35, 3.—Without domi:
simul rem et gloriam armis belli repperi,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 60 (where belli may be taken with gloriam; cf.
Wagn. ad loc.): magnae res temporibus illis a fortissimis viris... belli gerebantur,
Cic. Rep. 2, 32, 86.—
(β).
In bello or in bellis, during war or wars, in the war, in the wars; with adj.:
ad haec quae in civili bello fecerit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 19, 47; cf. id. ib. 14, 8, 22:
in ipso bello eadem sensi,
id. Marcell. 5, 14:
in Volsco bello virtus enituit,
Liv. 2, 24, 8:
in eo bello,
id. 23, 46, 6:
in Punicis bellis, Plin.8, 14, 14, § 37: in bello Trojano,
id. 30, 1, 2, § 5.—Without adj.:
ut fit in bello, capitur alter filius,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 25:
qui in bello occiderunt,
Cic. Fam. 9, 5, 2:
quod in bello saepius vindicatum est in eos, etc.,
Sall. C. 9, 4:
non in bello solum, sed etiam in pace,
Liv. 1, 15, 8; 2, 23, 2:
in bello parta,
Quint. 5, 10, 42; 12, 1, 28.—
(γ).
Abl. bello or bellis = in bello or in bellis (freq.); with adjj.: nos semper omnibus Punicis Siciliensibusque bellis amicitiam fidemque populi Romani secuti sumus. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 47, § 124:
bello Italico,
id. Pis. 36, 87:
Veienti bello,
id. Div. 1, 44, 100:
domestico bello,
id. Planc. 29, 70:
qui Volsco, Aurunco Sabinoque militassent bello,
Liv. 23, 12, 11:
victor tot intra paucos dies bellis,
id. 2, 27, 1:
nullo bello, multis tamen proeliis victus,
id. 9, 18, 9:
bello civili,
Quint. 11, 1, 36.—With gen.:
praesentiam saepe divi suam declarant, ut et apud Regillum bello Latinorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 6:
suam felicitatem Helvetiorum bello esse perspectam,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40.—Without attrib.:
qui etiam bello victis regibus regna reddere consuevit,
Cic. Sest. 26, 57:
res pace belloque gestas,
Liv. 2, 1, 1:
egregieque rebus bello gestis,
id. 1, 33, 9; so id. 23, 12, 11:
ludi bello voti,
id. 4, 35. 3:
princeps pace belloque,
id. 7, 1, 9:
Cotyn bello juvisse Persea,
id. 45, 42, 7:
bello parta,
Quint. 5, 10, 15; cf. id. 7, 4, 22; Ov. M. 8, 19.—
(δ).
Inter bellum (rare):
cujus originis morem necesse est... inter bellum natum esse,
Liv. 2, 14, 2:
inter haec bella consules... facti,
id. 2, 63, 1.—
4.
Bellum in attributive connection.
a.
Justum bellum.
(α).
A righteous war, Cic. Off. 1, 11, 36 (v. II. A. 2. a. th supra):
justum piumque bellum,
Liv. 1, 23, 4:
non loquor apud recusantem justa bella populum,
id. 7, 30, 17; so Ov. M. 8, 58; cf.: illa injusta sunt bella quae sine causa suscepta sunt, Cic. Rep. 3, 23, 35.—
(β).
A regular war (opp. a raid, etc.):
in fines Romanos excucurrerunt, populabundi magis quam justi more belli,
Liv. 1, 15, 1.—
b.
For the different kinds of war: domesticum, civile, intestinum, externum, navale, maritimum, terra marique gestum, servile, sociale; v. hh. vv.—
c.
Belli eventus or exitus, the result of a war:
quicunque belli eventus fuisset,
Cic. Marcell. 8, 24:
haud sane alio animo belli eventum exspectabant,
Sall. C. 37, 9:
eventus tamen belli minus miserabilem dimicationem fecit,
Liv. 1, 23, 2; cf. id. 7, 11, 1:
exitus hujus calamitosissimi belli,
Cic. Fam. 6, 21, 1:
cum esset incertus exitus et anceps fortuna belli,
id. Marcell. 5, 15; so id. Off. 2, 8,:
Britannici belli exitus exspectatur,
id. Att. 4, 16, 13:
cetera bella maximeque Veiens incerti exitus erant,
Liv. 5, 16, 8.—
d.
Fortuna belli, the chances of war:
adeo varia fortuna belli ancepsque Mars fuit ut,
Liv. 21, 1, 2; cf. Cic. Marcell. 5, 15 (v. c. supra).—
e.
Belli artes, military skill:
cuilibet superiorum regum belli pacisque et artibus et gloria par,
Liv. 1, 35, 1:
haud ignotas belli artes,
id. 21, 1, 2:
temperata et belli et pacis artibus erat civitas,
id. 1, 21, 6.—
f.
Jus belli, the law of war: jura belli, the rights ( law) of war:
in re publica maxime servanda sunt jura belli,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 34:
sunt et belli sicut pacis jura,
Liv. 5, 27, 6:
jure belli res vindicatur,
Gai. Inst. 3, 94.—
g.
Belli duces praestantissimos, the most excellent captains, generals, Cic. Or. 1, 2, 7:
trium simul bellorum victor,
a victor in three wars, Liv. 6, 4, 1 (cf.:
victor tot bellis,
id. 2, 27, 1). —
h.
Belli vulnera, Cic. Marcell. 8, 24.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Of things concr. and abstr.:
qui parietibus, qui tectis, qui columnis ac postibus meis... bellum intulistis,
Cic. Dom. 23, 60:
bellum contra aras et focos,
id. Phil. 3, 1, 1:
miror cur philosophiae... bellum indixeris,
id. Or. 2, 37, 155:
ventri Indico bellum,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 8.—
2.
Of animals:
milvo est quoddam bellum quasi naturale cum corvo,
Cic. N. D. 2, 49, 125:
hanc Juno Esse jussit gruem, populisque suis indicere bellum,
Ov. M. 6, 92.—
3.
With individuals:
quid mihi opu'st... cum eis gerere bellum, etc.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 14:
nihil turpius quam cum eo bellum gerere quicum familiariter vixeris,
Cic. Lael. 21, 77:
cum mihi uni cum improbis aeternum videam bellum susceptum,
id. Sull. 9, 28:
hoc tibi juventus Romana indicimus bellum,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
falsum testem justo ac pio bello persequebatur,
id. 3, 25, 3:
tribunicium domi bellum patres territat,
id. 3, 24, 1; cf. Plin. Ep. 1, 2, 57.—Ironically:
equus Trojanus qui tot invictos viros muliebre bellum gerentes tulerit ac texerit,
Cic. Cael. 28, 67.—
4.
In mal. part., Hor. C. 3, 26, 3; 4, 1, 2.—
5.
Personified as god of war ( = Janus):
tabulas duas quae Belli faciem pictam habent,
Plin. 35, 4, 10, § 27:
sunt geminae Belli portae, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 607:
mortiferumque averso in limine Bellum,
id. ib. 6, 279.—
6.
Plur.: bella, army ( poet.):
permanet Aonius Nereus violentus in undis, Bellaque non transfert (i.e. Graecorum exercitum),
Ov. M. 12, 24:
sed victae fera bella deae vexere per aequora,
Sil. 7, 472:
quid faciat bellis obsessus et undis?
Stat. Th. 9, 490.—
7.
Battle, = proelium:
rorarii dicti a rore: qui bellum committebant ante,
Varr. L. L. 7, 3, 92:
quod in bello saepius vindicatum in eos qui... tardius, revocati, bello excesserant,
Sall. C. 9, 4:
praecipua laus ejus belli penes consules fuit,
Liv. 8, 10, 7:
commisso statim bello,
Front. Strat. 1, 11, 2:
Actia bella,
Verg. A. 8, 675:
ingentem pugnam, ceu cetera nusquam Bella forent,
id. ib. 2, 439; cf. Flor. 3, 5, 11; Just. 2, 12; 18, 1 fin.; 24, 8; Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 98 (form duellum); Ov. H. 1, 1, 69; Verg. A. 8, 547; 12, 390; 12, 633; Stat. Th. 3, 666. —
8.
Bellum = liber de bello:
quam gaudebat Bello suo Punico Naevius!
Cic. Sen. 14, 50.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > bellum
8 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ

Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:

IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysis

JAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association

SE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)

PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)

PQ - Psychoanalytic Quarterly

WAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)

PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)

\

О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts

\

1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.

2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.

3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.

5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.

6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.

7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.

8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.

9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.

10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.

11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.

12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.

14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.

15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.

16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.

17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.

18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.

19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.

20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.

21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.

22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.

23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.

24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.

25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.

27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.

28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.

29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.

31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.

32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.

33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.

34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.

36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.

37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.

38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.

39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.

40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.

41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).

42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.

43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.

44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.

45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.

46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.

47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.

48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.

49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.

50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.

51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.

52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.

53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.

54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.

55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.

56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.

57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.

58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.

59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.

60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.

61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.

62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.

63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.

64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.

65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.

66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.

67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.

68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.

69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.

70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.

71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.

72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.

73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.

74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.

75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.

76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.

77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).

78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.

79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.

80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.

81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.

82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.

83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.

85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.

86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.

87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.

88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.

89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.

90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.

91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.

92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.

93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.

94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.

95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.

96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.

98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.

99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.

100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.

101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.

102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.

103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.

104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.

105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.

106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.

107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.

110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.

111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.

112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.

113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.

114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.

115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.

116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.

117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.

119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.

120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.

121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.

122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.

123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.

124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.

125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.

126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.

127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.

128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.

129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.

130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.

133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.

134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.

135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.

136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.

137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.

140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.

141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.

142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.

143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.

144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.

145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.

146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.

147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.

148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.

149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.

150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.

151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.

152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.

153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.

154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.

155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.

156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.

157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.

158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.

159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.

160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.

161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.

162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.

163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.

164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.

165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.

166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.

167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.

168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.

170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.

171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.

172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.

173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.

174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.

175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.

176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.

177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.

178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.

179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.

180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.

181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.

183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.

184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.

185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.

186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.

187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.

188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.

189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.

190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.

191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.

192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.

193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.

195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.

196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.

198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.

199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.

200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.

201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.

202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.

203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.

204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.

205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.

206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.

207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.

208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.

210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.

211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.

212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.

214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.

215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.

216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.

218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.

219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.

220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.

221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.

222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.

223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.

224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.

225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.

226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.

227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.

228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.

229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.

230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).

231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.

232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.

233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.

235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.

236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.

237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.

238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.

239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.

240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.

241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.

242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.

243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.

244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).

245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.

246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.

247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.

248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.

249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.

250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.

251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.

252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.

253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.

254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.

255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.

256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.

257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.

258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.

259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.

260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.

261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.

262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.

263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.

264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.

265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.

266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.

267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.

268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.

269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.

270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.

271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.

272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.

273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.

274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.

275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.

276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.

277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.

278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.

279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.

280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.

281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.

282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.

283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.

284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.

285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.

286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.

287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.

288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.

289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.

290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.

291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.

292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.

293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.

294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.

295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.

296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.

297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.

298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.

299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.

300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.

301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.

302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.

303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.

304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.

305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.

306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.

307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.

308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.

309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.

310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.

311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.

312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.

313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.

314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.

315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.

316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.

317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.

318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.

319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.

320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.

321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.

322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.

323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.

324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.

325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.

326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.

327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.

328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.

330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.

331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.

332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.

335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.

336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.

337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.

338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.

339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).

340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).

341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.

342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.

344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).

345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.

346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.

347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.

348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.

349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.

350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.

353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.

354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.

355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.

356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.

357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.

358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.

359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.

360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.

362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).

365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.

366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.

367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.

368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.

369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.

371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.

372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.

373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.

374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.

375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.

376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.

377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.

379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.

380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.

381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.

383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.

384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.

385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.

386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.

387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.

390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.

391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.

392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.

394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.

395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).

396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.

397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.

399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.

401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.

402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.

403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.

404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.

405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.

406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.

407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.

409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).

410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.

411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.

412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.

414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.

415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.

416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.

417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.

418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.

419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.

420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.

421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.

422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.

423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.

424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.

425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.

426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).

427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.

428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.

429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.

430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.

432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.

433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.

434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.

435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.

436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.

437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.

438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.

439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.

440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.

441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).

442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.

443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.

444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.

445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.

446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.

447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.

449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.

450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.

451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.

455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.

457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.

458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.

459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.

460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.

461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.

462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.

463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.

464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.

465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.

466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.

467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.

468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.

469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.

470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.

471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.

473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.

474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.

475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.

476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.

477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.

478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.

479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.

480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.

481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.

482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.

483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.

484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.

485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.

486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.

487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).

488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.

489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.

490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.

491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.

492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.

493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.

494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.

495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.

496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.

498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.

499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.

501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.

502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.

503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.

504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.

505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.

506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.

507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.

508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.

510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.

511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.

512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.

514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.

516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.

517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.

518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.

519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.

521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.

522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.

524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.

525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.

526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.

527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.

529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.

530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.

531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.

532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.

533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.

534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.

535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.

536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.

538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.

539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.

540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.

541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.

543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.

544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.

545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.

546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).

547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.

548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.

549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.

550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.

551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.

552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.

553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.

554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.

555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.

556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.

558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.

560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.

561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.

562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.

564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.

565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.

566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.

567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.

568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.

569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.

570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.

571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.

572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.

573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.

576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.

577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.

578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.

579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.

580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.

581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.

582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.

585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.

586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.

587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.

589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.

590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.

591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.

592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.

593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.

595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.

596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.

597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.

598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.

599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.

600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.

601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.

602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.

604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.

606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).

608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.

609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.

610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.

612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.

613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.

614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.

615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.

617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.

618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.

621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.

622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.

623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.

624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.

626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.

627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.

628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.

629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.

631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.

633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.

634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.

635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.

636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.

637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.

638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.

639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.

640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.

641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.

642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.

644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.

645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.

646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.

647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.

648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.

649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.

650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.

652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.

653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.

654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.

655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.

656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.

657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.

658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.

659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.

660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.

661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.

662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.

663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.

664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.

665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.

666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.

667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.

668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.

669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.

670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.

671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.

672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.

673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.

674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.

675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.

676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.

677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.

678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.

679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.

681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.

682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.

684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.

685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.

686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.

687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.

688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.

690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.

691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.

692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.

693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.

695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.

696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.

697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.

698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.

699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.

700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.

702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.

703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.

704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).

705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.

706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.

707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.

708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.

709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.

710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.

711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.

712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.

713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.

714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.

715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.

716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.

717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.

718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.

719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.

721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.

722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.

723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.

724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.

725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.

726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.

727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.

728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.

729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.

730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.

731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).

733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.

734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.

735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.

736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.

737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.

738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.

739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.

740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.

741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.

742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.

743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.

744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.

745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.

746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.

747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.

748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.

750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.

751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.

752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.

753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.

754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.

755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.

756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.

757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.

759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.

760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.

762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.

763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.

764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.

765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.

766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.

768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.

769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.

770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.

771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.

772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.

773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.

774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.

775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.

776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.

777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.

778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.

779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.

780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.

782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.

783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.

784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.

785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.

787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.

788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.

789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.

790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.

791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.

792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.

793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.

794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.

795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.

796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.

797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.

798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.

799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.

800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.

801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.

802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.

803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.

806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.

807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.

808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.

809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.

810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.

811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.

812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.

813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.

814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.

815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.

816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.

817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.

818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.

819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.

820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).

821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.

822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.

823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.

824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.

825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.

826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.

828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.

829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.

830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.

831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.

832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.

833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.

834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.

835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.

836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.

837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.

838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.

839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.

840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.

841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.

842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.

843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.

844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.

845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.

846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.

847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.

848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.

849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).

850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.

852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.

853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.

854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.

855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).

856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.

857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.

858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.

861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.

862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).

864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.

865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.

866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.

867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.

868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.

869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.

870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.

871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.

872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.

873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.

874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.

875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.

876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.

877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.

878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.

879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.

880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.

881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.

882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.

883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.

884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.

885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).

886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.

887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.

888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).

889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.

891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.

892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.

894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.

895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.

897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.

898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.

899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.

900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.

901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.

902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.

903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.

904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.

905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.

Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
9 homo

hŏmo, ĭnis (archaic form hemonem hominem dicebant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 100 Müll.; cf. humanus init., and nēmo, from nĕ-hĕmo: homōnem, Enn. ap. Prisc. p. 683 P. = [p. 860] Ann. v. 141 Vahl.:
hŏmōnes,
Naev. 1, 1), comm. [root in humus, Gr. chamai; cf. Germ. -gam in Bräutigam; O. H. Germ. gomo; Goth. guma; Old Engl. goom; Engl. groom; cf. also Gr. epichthonioi; Hebr. Adam], a human being, man.
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen.:
animal hoc providum, sagax, multiplex, acutum, memor, plenum rationis et consilii quem vocamus hominem, praeclara quadam condicione generatum esse a summo deo, etc.,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 22; cf.
, on the natural history of man,
Plin. 7 praef. sq.; § 5 sq.: decem hominibus vitam eripis, indictā causā, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 25 (24), 12: dum quidem unus homo Romanus toga superescit, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 302 Müll. (Ann. v. 486 Vahl.); cf.: unus homo nobis cunctando restituit rem, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 313 ib.): navus repertus homo Graio patre Graius homo rex, id. ap. Fest. p. 169 Müll. (Ann. v. 183 ib.):
homo jam grandior,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 15:
homo amicus nobis... homo antiqua virtute ac fide,
id. Ad. 3, 3, 86 sq.; cf.:
bonus homo et nobis amicus,
Cic. Fam. 16, 18 fin.: quid est, quod homo masculus lubentius videre debeat bella uxore? Varr. ap. Non. 248, 16:
infelix,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169:
homo omni doctrina eruditus,
Cic. Fin. 1, 5, 13; cf.:
homo summā prudentiā, multā etiam doctrinā,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5:
de hujus hominis (i. e. Pompei) felicitate, etc.,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 16, 47:
iners atque inutilis,
id. Off. 3, 6, 31; cf.:
contemptus et abjectus,
id. Agr. 2, 34, 93:
insulsus,
id. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; cf.
also: hominum homo stultissime,
Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10:
quid hoc homine faciatis?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 16, § 42:
consulere generi hominum,
the human race, mankind, id. Rep. 3, 12:
genus hominum,
id. ib. 2, 26; id. de Or. 1, 9, 36; Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 7 et saep. (more freq., genus humanum; v. humanus and genus); cf.:
natura hominem conciliat homini... hominum coetus et celebrationes,
Cic. Off. 1, 4, 12:
placet Stoicis, quae in terris gignantur, ad usum hominum omnia creari, homines autem hominum causa esse generatos,
id. ib. 1, 7, 22:
homines plurimum hominibus et prosunt et obsunt,
id. ib. 2, 5, 17: is dictus popularibus olim, Qui tum vivebant homines, Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 15, 58 (Ann. v. 308 Vahl.):
homines Romani,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 14, 41:
lege conciliati homines cum dis putandi sunt,
id. Leg. 1, 7, 23:
pro deum atque hominum fidem!
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 16 et saep.: divumque hominumque pater, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 65 Müll. (Ann. v. 566 Vahl.); so, id. ap. Cic. N. D. 2, 2, 4 (Ann. v. 567) and ap. Gell. 12, 4 (Ann. v. 254); but homo, sing., is used of the human race, mankind (= homines, genus humanum), when it has no predicate joined with it:
qua haud scio an quidquam melius sit homini datum,
Cic. Lael. 6, 20; 3, 11:
taces, Monstrum hominis?
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 29; cf.:
odium illud hominis impuri,
Cic. Fam. 12, 1, 1:
quid hoc sit hominis?
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 26; cf.:
quid illuc hominus est?
Ter. Eun. 5, 1, 17;
in addresses: nisi caves tu homo, etc.,
id. Heaut. 5, 3, 1:
tu homo adigis me ad insaniam,
id. Ad. 1, 2, 31.—In apposition:
mares homines,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 32:
amanti homini adulescenti,
id. Trin. 1, 2, 94; cf.:
filius homo adulescens,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 52;
v. adulescens: verberare hominem senem,
id. Ad. 4, 2, 23:
servom hominem,
id. Phorm. 2, 1, 62:
oculi hominis histrionis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 46, 193:
nemo homo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 29; cf.:
ut homo nemo velit nisi hominis similis esse,
Cic. N. D. 1, 28, 78;
v. nemo. —Of females: mater, cujus ea stultitia est, ut eam nemo hominem appellare possit,
Cic. Clu. 70, 199:
quae (Io) bos ex homine est,
Ov. F. 5, 620; Juv. 6, 284:
dulcissimum ab hominis camelinum lac,
Plin. 28, 9, 33, § 123: homines feminae (opp. mares homines), Aug. Civ. Dei, 3, 3.—
2.
Prov.
a.
Quot homines, tot sententiae, many men, many minds, i. e. every one has his own opinion, Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 14; Cic. Fin. 1, 5, 15.—
b.
Ut homo est, ita morem geras, Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 77 (but in Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 36 spurious, v. Ritschl ad h. l.).—
c.
Homines, dum docent, discunt, Sen. Ep. 7, 8 fin. —
d.
Aiunt homines plus in alieno negotio videre quam in suo, the lookers-on see farther in the game than the players, id. ib. 109, 16. —
e.
Homo nulli coloris, neither fish nor flesh, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 99.—
f.
Homo sum; humani nihil a me alienum puto, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 25; cf.:
homo ego sum, homo tu es,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 46.—
g.
Lupus homo homini, non homo, quom qualis sit non novit, Plaut. As. 2, 4, 88.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Pregn., in a good or a bad sense.
a.
In a good sense (cf. vir), a man, as a reasonable or moral being:
homo es, qui me emunxisti mucidum,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 57:
si homo esset, eum potius legeret,
Cic. Att. 2, 2, 2:
nox te expolivit hominemque reddidit,
id. de Or. 2, 10, 40:
si vis homo esse,
id. Att. 4, 15, 2:
homines visi sumus,
id. ib. 13, 52, 2:
nos quod simus, quod habeamus, quod homines existimemur, id omne abs te habere,
id. Fam. 7, 29, 1:
si tu sis homo,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 11:
et tu illum tuom, si esses homo, sineres, etc.,
if you had a man's sense, id. ib. 1, 2, 27:
exuens hominem ex homine,
Cic. Fin. 5, 12, 35: cum Socrates Alcibiadi persuasisset, eum nihil hominis esse, that he was nothing of a man (i. e. in no respect such as a man should be), id. Tusc. 3, 32, 77:
(Nero) dicebat se quasi hominem tandem habitare coepisse,
like a human being, Suet. Ner. 31:
me hominem inter homines voluit esse,
Petr. 39. —
b.
In a bad sense, a man, as a weak, mortal being, subject to error, of low condition (rare):
fateor me saepe peccasse, nam et homo sum et adhuc juvenis,
Petr. 130: cf.
homines sumus, non dei,
id. 75:
(Demosthenes, Homerus) summi sunt, homines tamen,
Quint. 10, 1, 25.—In fem.: quae si hoc tempore non diem suum obiisset, paucis post annis tamen ei moriendum fuit, quoniam homo nata fuerat, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4.—Also of servants (as distinguished from a free Roman): homo P. Quinti, Quintus's man, i. e. his slave, servant, Cic. Quint. 19, 61:
vinum familiae... Saturnalibus et Compitalibus in singulos homines congios,
Cato, R. R. 57, 2; Cat. 10, 16.—
2.
In opp. to a woman, a man (anteand post-class., and very rare):
mi homo et mea mulier, vos saluto,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 57; Lact. 2, 12; Dig. 48, 19, 38.—
* 3.
In milit. lang., homines, opp. to cavalry, foot-soldiers, infantry:
capti homines equitesque producebantur,
Caes. B. C. 2, 39, 5; cf. vir. —
4.
Homo novus, v. novus.—
5.
Bodies, corpses:
jam pigritia singulos sepeliendi promisce acervatos cumulos hominum urebant,
Liv. 5, 48, 3.—
6.
Particular phrases.
a.
Paucorum hominum esse, to have but few intimates, be choice in one's company: (Maecenas) paucorum hominum et mentis bene sanae. Hor. S. 1, 9, 44:
homo est Perpaucorum hominum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 19.— Hence, comically, of the favorite but rare fish, acipenser: Scipio vide, quid agas: acipenser iste paucorum hominum est, Cic. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 2, 12 (see the anecdote in connection).—
b.
Inter homines esse (agere).
(α).
To be among the living, to be alive, to live (very rare):
Hercules numquam abiisset ad deos, nisi cum inter homines esset, eam sibi viam munivisset,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 14, 32:
inter homines esse desinere,
i. e. to die, Dig. 31, 1, 59; so,
agere inter homines desinere,
Tac. A. 15, 74 fin.:
ab hominibus ereptus est,
Dig. 31, 1, 58.—
(β).
To see the world, be among men:
iste homo qui numquam inter homines fuerit,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 28, 76.—
II.
Transf., esp. in familiar lang., the man, the fellow, instead of the pron. he, his, him:
haben argentum ab homine?
Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 65:
ibi homo coepit me obsecrare, ut, etc.,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 30:
itast homo,
id. Ad. 1, 2, 63:
dixit, se senatui roganti de Marcello ne hominis quidem causa negaturum,
Cic. Fam. 4, 4, 3:
ei medico imperasti, ut venas hominis incideret,
id. Pis. 34, 83:
tantum esse in homine sceleris,
id. Sest. 9, 22 Halm.; 41, 89; id. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 62:
persuasit homini,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3:
aut insanit homo aut versus facit,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 117:
agnoscit hominem Caesar,
Phaedr. 2, 5, 19 Burm. ad loc.; al.—
B.
Hic homo, this man, = I, myself (ante-class. and poet.):
hunc hominem velles si tradere,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 47:
solus hic homo est, qui sciat, etc.,
Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 33:
tibi verba, huic homini verbera,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 114 (cf. hic, G.).

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > homo
10 ab

ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:
AF VOBEIS,
Inscr. Orell. 3114;
AF MVRO,
ib. 6601;
AF CAPVA,
ib. 3308;
AF SOLO,
ib. 589;
AF LYCO,
ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):
abs chorago,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):
abs quivis,
Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:
abs terra,
Cato, R. R. 51;
and in compounds: aps-cessero,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;
and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,
id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
I.
In space, and,
II.
Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
I.
Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):
Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:
fuga ab urbe turpissima,
Cic. Att. 7, 21:
ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,
Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:
illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,
all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:
venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
b.
Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:
oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:
quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,
Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:
ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:
protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,
id. ib. 1, 25, 2:
profecti a domo,
Liv. 40, 33, 2;
of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:
classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,
Liv. 8, 22, 6;
of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,
Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:
legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,
id. 24, 40, 2.
c.
Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):
Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:
libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:
Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,
id. Att. 7, 24:
cum a vobis discessero,
id. Sen. 22:
multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:
so a fratre,
id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:
a Pontio,
Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:
ab ea,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
B.
Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
1.
Of separation:
ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,
Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:
abesse a domo paulisper maluit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:
tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,
Sall. C. 40, 5:
absint lacerti ab stabulis,
Verg. G. 4, 14.—
2.
Of distance:
quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:
nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,
id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:
hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:
terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,
Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:
non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):
cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,
Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:
qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:
quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,
Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:
procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:
tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;
v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:
tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,
id. Pis. 11, 26; and:
tam prope ab domo detineri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:
onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,
eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:
duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,
id. 37, 38, 5). —
3.
To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:
picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:
pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,
on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:
non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,
at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:
erat a septentrionibus collis,
on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
II.
Fig.
A.
In time.
1.
From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:
Exul ab octava Marius bibit,
Juv. 1,40:
mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,
immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:
Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
ab hac contione legati missi sunt,
immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:
ab eo magistratu,
after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:
a summa spe novissima exspectabat,
after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:
ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:
confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,
Liv. 30, 36, 1:
statim a funere,
Suet. Caes. 85;
and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,
id. ib. 60:
protinus ab adoptione,
Vell. 2, 104, 3:
Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,
soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—
Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,
i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:
secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,
i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
2.
With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:
ab hora tertia bibebatur,
from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:
infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,
since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:
vixit ab omni aeternitate,
from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:
cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,
Nep. Att. 5, 3:
in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,
after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:
centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,
since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:
cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,
id. Sen. 6, 19; and:
ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,
since, Sall. C. 47, 2:
diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,
Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:
quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,
since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:
jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,
from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:
ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:
cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:
a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,
Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:
pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,
from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
b.
Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:
qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,
from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:
mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,
a pueritia,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:
jam inde ab adulescentia,
Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:
ab adulescentia,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1:
jam a prima adulescentia,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:
ab ineunte adulescentia,
id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.
followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:
a primis temporibus aetatis,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:
a teneris unguiculis,
from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:
usque a toga pura,
id. Att. 7, 8, 5:
jam inde ab incunabulis,
Liv. 4, 36, 5:
a prima lanugine,
Suet. Oth. 12:
viridi ab aevo,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;
rarely of animals: ab infantia,
Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:
qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,
a pausillo puero,
id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:
a puero,
Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:
a pueris,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:
ab adulescente,
id. Quint. 3, 12:
ab infante,
Col. 1, 8, 2:
a parva virgine,
Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:
a parvis,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:
a parvulo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:
ab parvulis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:
ab tenero,
Col. 5, 6, 20;
and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
B.
In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
1.
In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):
suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:
qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:
hic ab artificio suo non recessit,
id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:
quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:
condicionem quam ab te peto,
id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:
mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:
si quid ab illo acceperis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:
quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:
ab defensione desistere,
Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:
ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,
id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:
ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,
Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):
qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,
the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:
tu nunc eris alter ab illo,
next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:
Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,
next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:
quid hoc ab illo differt,
from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:
hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,
id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:
discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,
id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):
quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7:
alieno a te animo fuit,
id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):
subdole ab re consulit,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:
haut est ab re aucupis,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:
non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,
Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
2.
In partic.
a.
To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:
a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:
ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,
id. ib. 1, 3:
disputata ab eo,
id. ib. 1, 4 al.:
illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,
id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:
ita generati a natura sumus,
id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:
pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,
Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:
niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:
quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,
is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:
salvebis a meo Cicerone,
i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:
a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,
i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:
ne vir ab hoste cadat,
Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):
levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,
Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:
a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,
id. Off. 2, 6, 19:
si calor est a sole,
id. N. D. 2, 52:
ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),
id. Att. 16, 7, 5:
metu poenae a Romanis,
Liv. 32, 23, 9:
bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,
id. 3, 22, 2:
ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,
id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:
lassus ab equo indomito,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:
Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,
Prop. 5, 1, 126:
tempus a nostris triste malis,
time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:
vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?
by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,
ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),
Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:
si postulatur a populo,
if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:
deseror conjuge,
Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;
and in prose,
Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:
ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:
(urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
b.
With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:
pastores a Pergamide,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:
Turnus ab Aricia,
Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):
obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,
Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
c.
In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:
(sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,
id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
d.
With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:
da, puere, ab summo,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,
da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:
coepere a fame mala,
Liv. 4, 12, 7:
cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,
tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:
a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
e.
With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:
a foliis et stercore purgato,
Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:
tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?
Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:
Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,
Liv. 21, 11, 5:
expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:
haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,
id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):
ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,
Sall. C. 32:
ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,
Liv. 21, 35, 12:
ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,
Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
f.
With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:
el metul a Chryside,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:
ab Hannibale metuens,
Liv. 23, 36; and:
metus a praetore,
id. 23, 15, 7;
v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,
Cic. Sull. 20, 59:
postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,
you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
g.
With verbs of fastening and holding:
funiculus a puppi religatus,
Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:
cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
h.
Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:
a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,
Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
i.
Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):
id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
j.
Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:
doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:
a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:
a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,
a frigore laborantibus,
Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:
laborare ab re frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
k.
Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:
ab ingenio improbus,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:
a me pudica'st,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:
orba ab optimatibus contio,
Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):
locus copiosus a frumento,
Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:
sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,
id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:
ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,
id. Brut. 16, 63:
ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,
Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;
so often in poets ab arte=arte,
artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
l.
In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:
linguam ab irrisu exserentem,
thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:
ab honore,
id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
m.
Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:
ab illo injuria,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:
fulgor ab auro,
Lucr. 2, 5:
dulces a fontibus undae,
Verg. G. 2, 243.
n.
In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:
scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:
nonnuill ab novissimis,
id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
o.
In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:
qui sunt ab ea disciplina,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:
ab eo qui sunt,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:
nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,
id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
p.
To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;
in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,
one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,
a manu servus,
a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
q.
The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:
a peregre,
Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:
a foris,
Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:
ab intus,
ib. ib. 7, 15:
ab invicem,
App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:
a longe,
Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:
a modo,
ib. ib. 23, 39;
Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,
Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:
a sursum,
ib. Marc. 15, 38.
► a.
Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:
Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,
Cic. Pis. 37, 91:
a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?
id. Sen. 6:
a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?
id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:
res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
b.
Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
c.
It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:
a vitae periculo,
Cic. Brut. 91, 313:
a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,
id. Arch. 6, 12:
a minus bono,
Sall. C. 2, 6:
a satis miti principio,
Liv. 1, 6, 4:
damnis dives ab ipsa suis,
Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
d.
The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):
aque Chao,
Verg. G. 4, 347:
aque mero,
Ov. M. 3, 631:
aque viro,
id. H. 6, 156:
aque suis,
id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:
a meque,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:
abs teque,
id. Att. 3, 15, 4:
a teque,
id. ib. 8, 11, §
7: a primaque adulescentia,
id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
e.
A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
III.
In composition ab,
1.
Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
2.
It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab
11 Fraus

1.
fraus, fraudis ( gen. plur. fraudium, Cic. Off. 3, 18, 75; id. Pis. 19, 44; Dig. 9, 2, 23, § 4 al.:
fraudum,
Tac. A. 6, 21; Gell. 14, 2, 6; Claud. Laud. Stil. 2, 214; archaic form dat. sing. frudi, Lucr. 6, 187 Lachm.; cf. acc. frudem, id. 2, 187; acc. to Cod. Quadrat.; nom. plur. frudes, Naev. B. Pun. 1, 1), f. [perh. root dhru-, bend, injure; Sanscr. dhru-ti, deception; cf. Gr. titrôskô, wound, thrauô, break, and Lat. frustum, frustra, Corss. Ausspr. 1, 150; Curt. Gr. Etym. p. 222], a cheating, deceit, imposition, fraud (class. in sing. and plur.; syn.: dolus, fallacia, calliditas, etc.).
I.
Lit.:
cum duobus modis, id est aut vi aut fraude fiat injuria, fraus quasi vulpeculae, vis leonis videtur: utrumque homini alienissimum, sed fraus odio digna majore,
Cic. Off. 1, 13 fin.:
nonne ab imis unguibus usque ad verticem summum ex fraude, fallaciis, mendaciis constare totus videtur?
id. Rosc. Com. 7, 20:
fraus fidem in parvis sibi praestruit, ut, cum operae pretium sit, cum mercede magna fallat,
Liv. 28, 42:
hostes sine fide tempus atque occasionem fraudis ac doli quaerunt,
Caes. B. C. 2, 14, 1:
fraude ac dolo aggressus est (urbem),
Liv. 1, 53, 4:
per summam fraudem et malitiam,
Cic. Quint. 18, 56:
in fraudem obsequio impelli,
id. Lael. 24, 89:
metuo in commune, ne quam fraudem frausus siet,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 20:
fraudis, sceleris, parricidii, perjurii plenus,
id. Rud. 3, 2, 37:
Litavici fraude perspecta,
Caes. B. G. 7, 40, 6:
legi fraudem facere,
i. e. to circumvent, evade, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 9; cf.: contra legem facit, qui id facit, quod lex prohibet;
in fraudem vero legis, qui salvis verbis legis sententiam ejus circumvenit. Fraus enim legi fit, ubi, quod fieri noluit, fieri autem non vetuit, id fit, etc.,
Dig. 1, 3, 29 and 30:
quod emancipando filium fraudem legi fecisset,
Liv. 7, 16 fin.:
facio fraudem senatusconsulto,
Cic. Att. 4, 12:
inventum deverticulum est in fraude earum (legum), gallinaceos quoque pascendi,
Plin. 10, 50, 71, § 140:
si quid in fraudem creditorum factum sit,
Dig. 42, 8, 6, § 8 al.:
sese dedere sine fraude constituunt,
without deception, honorably, Caes. B. C. 2, 22, 1:
sine fraude Punicum emittere praesidium,
Liv. 24, 47, 8 (in another sense under II. C. 2.):
audax Iapeti genus (Prometheus) Ignem fraude malā gentibus intulit,
Hor. C. 1, 3, 28:
aliter enim ad sororis filios quam concordiae fraude pervenire non poterat,
by the deceitful pretence of unanimity, Just. 24, 2:
bestiae cibum ad fraudem suam positum aspernuntur,
Liv. 41, 23.—In plur.:
exagitabantur omnes ejus fraudes atque fallaciae,
deceptions, Cic. Clu. 36, 101:
qui fons est fraudium, maleficiorum, scelerum omnium,
id. Off. 3, 18, 75:
noctem peccatis et fraudibus objice nubem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 62:
(Europe) scatentem Beluis pontum mediasque fraudes Palluit audax,
id. C. 3, 27, 28.
II.
Transf.
A.
Concr., of persons as a term of reproach, a cheater, deceiver, a cheat (ante-class and rare):
fur, fugitive, fraus populi, Fraudulente,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 131:
gerro, iners, fraus, heluo, ganeo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 10.—
B.
In gen., a bad action, offence, crime (class.):
otio aptus in fraudem incidi,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 32 Brix ad loc.:
est enim periculum, ne aut neglectis iis (rebus divinis) impia fraude, aut susceptis anili superstitione obligemur,
Cic. Div. 1, 4 fin.:
si C. Rabirius fraudem capitalem admisit, quod arma contra L. Saturninum tulit,
id. Rab. Perd. 9, 26:
scelus frausque,
id. de Or. 1, 46, 202:
suscepta fraus,
id. Pis. 18 fin.:
nocituram postmodo te natis fraudem committere,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 31.—In plur.:
re publica violanda fraudes inexpiabiles concipere,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 72.—
C.
In pass. signif., a being deceived, selfdeception, delusion, error, mistake (class.):
is me in hanc illexit fraudem,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 42:
imperitos in fraudem illicis,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 8 Ruhnk.; cf.: oculi, supercilia, frons, vultus denique totus... hic in fraudem homines impulit;
hic eos, quibus erat ignotus, decepit, fefellit, induxit,
Cic. Pis. 1, 1:
nos in fraudem induimus frustraminis ipsi,
Lucr. 4, 417:
quemquam pellicere in fraudem,
id. 5, 1005:
jacere in fraudem,
id. 4, 1206: in fraudem deducere, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 4:
in fraudem incidere,
Cic. Att. 11, 16, 1; cf.:
in fraudem in re publica delabi,
id. de Or. 3, 60, 226:
ne tibi dent in eo flammarum corpora fraudem,
Lucr. 2, 187:
ne tibi sit frudi, quod nos inferne videmus, etc.,
id. 6, 187:
quem (Euryalum) jam manus omnis Fraude loci et noctis... oppressum rapit,
deception as to, ignorance of, Verg. A. 9, 397.—
2.
Injury, detriment, damage.
(α).
Prop., produced by deception or ignorance: aliud fraus est, aliud poena;
fraus enim sine poena esse potest, poena sine fraude esse non potest. Poena est noxae vindicta, fraus et ipsa noxa dicitur et quasi poenae quaedam praeparatio,
Dig. 50, 16, 131.—
(β).
Injury, hurt, harm, in gen. (in the best prose confined to the phrases, sine fraude and fraudi esse; v. infra):
tuis nunc cruribus scapulisque fraudem capitalem hinc creas,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 23:
id mihi fraudem tulit,
Cic. Att. 7, 26, 2:
esse alicui fraudi aut crimini,
to tend to his injury, id. Mur. 35, 73; cf.:
quae res nemini umquam fraudi fuit,
id. Clu. 33, 91; id. Att. 5, 21, 12; id. Phil. 5, 12, 34; 8, 11, 33; id. Rosc. Am. 17, 49:
latum ad populum est, ne C. Servilio fraudi esset, quod, etc.,
Liv. 30, 19, 9 al.: sine fraude, or archaic SE (SED) FRAVDE, without injury, without damage, without risk (= sine damno, sine noxa): SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT SE FRAVDE ESTO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 49;
v. sine: rex respondit: QVOD SINE FRAVDE MEA POPVLIQVE ROMANI QVIRITIVM FIAT, FACIO,
Liv. 1, 24, 5:
ceterae multitudini diem statuit, ante quam sine fraude liceret ab armis discedere,
Sall. C. 36, 2; cf. Liv. 26, 12, 5; Hor. C. 2, 19, 20; id. C. S. 41:
quis deus in fraudem, quae dura potentia nostra Egit?
Verg. A. 10, 72:
jam nosces, ventosa ferat cui gloria fraudem,
id. ib. 11, 708.
2.
Fraus, personified, a deity, Cic. N. D. 3, 17, 44. In the service of Mercury, as the god of thieves, Mart. Cap. 1, § 51.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Fraus
12 fraus

1.
fraus, fraudis ( gen. plur. fraudium, Cic. Off. 3, 18, 75; id. Pis. 19, 44; Dig. 9, 2, 23, § 4 al.:
fraudum,
Tac. A. 6, 21; Gell. 14, 2, 6; Claud. Laud. Stil. 2, 214; archaic form dat. sing. frudi, Lucr. 6, 187 Lachm.; cf. acc. frudem, id. 2, 187; acc. to Cod. Quadrat.; nom. plur. frudes, Naev. B. Pun. 1, 1), f. [perh. root dhru-, bend, injure; Sanscr. dhru-ti, deception; cf. Gr. titrôskô, wound, thrauô, break, and Lat. frustum, frustra, Corss. Ausspr. 1, 150; Curt. Gr. Etym. p. 222], a cheating, deceit, imposition, fraud (class. in sing. and plur.; syn.: dolus, fallacia, calliditas, etc.).
I.
Lit.:
cum duobus modis, id est aut vi aut fraude fiat injuria, fraus quasi vulpeculae, vis leonis videtur: utrumque homini alienissimum, sed fraus odio digna majore,
Cic. Off. 1, 13 fin.:
nonne ab imis unguibus usque ad verticem summum ex fraude, fallaciis, mendaciis constare totus videtur?
id. Rosc. Com. 7, 20:
fraus fidem in parvis sibi praestruit, ut, cum operae pretium sit, cum mercede magna fallat,
Liv. 28, 42:
hostes sine fide tempus atque occasionem fraudis ac doli quaerunt,
Caes. B. C. 2, 14, 1:
fraude ac dolo aggressus est (urbem),
Liv. 1, 53, 4:
per summam fraudem et malitiam,
Cic. Quint. 18, 56:
in fraudem obsequio impelli,
id. Lael. 24, 89:
metuo in commune, ne quam fraudem frausus siet,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 20:
fraudis, sceleris, parricidii, perjurii plenus,
id. Rud. 3, 2, 37:
Litavici fraude perspecta,
Caes. B. G. 7, 40, 6:
legi fraudem facere,
i. e. to circumvent, evade, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 9; cf.: contra legem facit, qui id facit, quod lex prohibet;
in fraudem vero legis, qui salvis verbis legis sententiam ejus circumvenit. Fraus enim legi fit, ubi, quod fieri noluit, fieri autem non vetuit, id fit, etc.,
Dig. 1, 3, 29 and 30:
quod emancipando filium fraudem legi fecisset,
Liv. 7, 16 fin.:
facio fraudem senatusconsulto,
Cic. Att. 4, 12:
inventum deverticulum est in fraude earum (legum), gallinaceos quoque pascendi,
Plin. 10, 50, 71, § 140:
si quid in fraudem creditorum factum sit,
Dig. 42, 8, 6, § 8 al.:
sese dedere sine fraude constituunt,
without deception, honorably, Caes. B. C. 2, 22, 1:
sine fraude Punicum emittere praesidium,
Liv. 24, 47, 8 (in another sense under II. C. 2.):
audax Iapeti genus (Prometheus) Ignem fraude malā gentibus intulit,
Hor. C. 1, 3, 28:
aliter enim ad sororis filios quam concordiae fraude pervenire non poterat,
by the deceitful pretence of unanimity, Just. 24, 2:
bestiae cibum ad fraudem suam positum aspernuntur,
Liv. 41, 23.—In plur.:
exagitabantur omnes ejus fraudes atque fallaciae,
deceptions, Cic. Clu. 36, 101:
qui fons est fraudium, maleficiorum, scelerum omnium,
id. Off. 3, 18, 75:
noctem peccatis et fraudibus objice nubem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 62:
(Europe) scatentem Beluis pontum mediasque fraudes Palluit audax,
id. C. 3, 27, 28.
II.
Transf.
A.
Concr., of persons as a term of reproach, a cheater, deceiver, a cheat (ante-class and rare):
fur, fugitive, fraus populi, Fraudulente,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 131:
gerro, iners, fraus, heluo, ganeo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 10.—
B.
In gen., a bad action, offence, crime (class.):
otio aptus in fraudem incidi,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 32 Brix ad loc.:
est enim periculum, ne aut neglectis iis (rebus divinis) impia fraude, aut susceptis anili superstitione obligemur,
Cic. Div. 1, 4 fin.:
si C. Rabirius fraudem capitalem admisit, quod arma contra L. Saturninum tulit,
id. Rab. Perd. 9, 26:
scelus frausque,
id. de Or. 1, 46, 202:
suscepta fraus,
id. Pis. 18 fin.:
nocituram postmodo te natis fraudem committere,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 31.—In plur.:
re publica violanda fraudes inexpiabiles concipere,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 72.—
C.
In pass. signif., a being deceived, selfdeception, delusion, error, mistake (class.):
is me in hanc illexit fraudem,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 42:
imperitos in fraudem illicis,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 8 Ruhnk.; cf.: oculi, supercilia, frons, vultus denique totus... hic in fraudem homines impulit;
hic eos, quibus erat ignotus, decepit, fefellit, induxit,
Cic. Pis. 1, 1:
nos in fraudem induimus frustraminis ipsi,
Lucr. 4, 417:
quemquam pellicere in fraudem,
id. 5, 1005:
jacere in fraudem,
id. 4, 1206: in fraudem deducere, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 23, 4:
in fraudem incidere,
Cic. Att. 11, 16, 1; cf.:
in fraudem in re publica delabi,
id. de Or. 3, 60, 226:
ne tibi dent in eo flammarum corpora fraudem,
Lucr. 2, 187:
ne tibi sit frudi, quod nos inferne videmus, etc.,
id. 6, 187:
quem (Euryalum) jam manus omnis Fraude loci et noctis... oppressum rapit,
deception as to, ignorance of, Verg. A. 9, 397.—
2.
Injury, detriment, damage.
(α).
Prop., produced by deception or ignorance: aliud fraus est, aliud poena;
fraus enim sine poena esse potest, poena sine fraude esse non potest. Poena est noxae vindicta, fraus et ipsa noxa dicitur et quasi poenae quaedam praeparatio,
Dig. 50, 16, 131.—
(β).
Injury, hurt, harm, in gen. (in the best prose confined to the phrases, sine fraude and fraudi esse; v. infra):
tuis nunc cruribus scapulisque fraudem capitalem hinc creas,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 23:
id mihi fraudem tulit,
Cic. Att. 7, 26, 2:
esse alicui fraudi aut crimini,
to tend to his injury, id. Mur. 35, 73; cf.:
quae res nemini umquam fraudi fuit,
id. Clu. 33, 91; id. Att. 5, 21, 12; id. Phil. 5, 12, 34; 8, 11, 33; id. Rosc. Am. 17, 49:
latum ad populum est, ne C. Servilio fraudi esset, quod, etc.,
Liv. 30, 19, 9 al.: sine fraude, or archaic SE (SED) FRAVDE, without injury, without damage, without risk (= sine damno, sine noxa): SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT SE FRAVDE ESTO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 49;
v. sine: rex respondit: QVOD SINE FRAVDE MEA POPVLIQVE ROMANI QVIRITIVM FIAT, FACIO,
Liv. 1, 24, 5:
ceterae multitudini diem statuit, ante quam sine fraude liceret ab armis discedere,
Sall. C. 36, 2; cf. Liv. 26, 12, 5; Hor. C. 2, 19, 20; id. C. S. 41:
quis deus in fraudem, quae dura potentia nostra Egit?
Verg. A. 10, 72:
jam nosces, ventosa ferat cui gloria fraudem,
id. ib. 11, 708.
2.
Fraus, personified, a deity, Cic. N. D. 3, 17, 44. In the service of Mercury, as the god of thieves, Mart. Cap. 1, § 51.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > fraus
13 muy

adv.

1 very.

muy bueno/cerca very good/near

es muy hombre he's very manly, he's a real man

muy de mañana very early in the morning

¡muy bien! OK!, all right!; (vale) very good!, well done! (qué bien)

eso es muy de ella that's just like her

eso es muy de los americanos that's typically American

¡el muy fresco! the cheeky devil!

¡la muy tonta! the silly idiot!

Muy Sr. mío dear Sir

te cuidarás muy mucho de hacerlo just make absolutely sure you don't do it

2 too (demasiado).

no cabe ahí, es muy grande it won't fit in there, it's too big

* * *

muy

► adverbio

1 very

■ es muy difícil it's very difficult

■ se levantó muy temprano he got up very early

■ lo has hecho muy bien you've done it very well

■ es un trabajador muy bueno he's a very good worker

■ el muy tonto se cree que no lo he visto the idiot thinks I haven't seen him

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

muy de mañana very early in the morning

muy señor mío (en carta) Dear Sir

ser muy hombre/mujer familiar to be a real man/woman

por muy... no matter how..., however...

■ por muy astuto que sea no nos podrá engañar now matter how crafty he is he won't be able to con us

* * *

adv.

1) very

2) quite

* * *

1. ADJ

1) (=mucho) very

muy bueno — very good

eso es muy español — that's very Spanish

fue una reacción muy suya — it was a very typical reaction of his

somos muy amigos — we're great friends

es muy hombre — he's very manly

es muy mujer — she's a real woman

muy bien/tarde/mucho — very well/late/much

muy bien, que venga — all right, he can come (along)

Muy Señor mío — Dear Sir

muy pero que muy guapo — really, really handsome

• muy de, muy de noche — very late at night

muy de mañana — very early in the morning

eso es muy de él — that's just like him

yo soy muy de la siesta — I'm very fond of a siesta

su apoyo es muy de agradecer — his support is very much appreciated

es muy de sentir — frm it is much to be regretted

• el/la muy, el muy tonto de Pedro — that great idiot Pedro

las muy presumidas se gastaron todo en ropa — they're so self-obsessed they spent all their money on clothes

¡el muy bandido! — the rascal!

• por muy, por muy cansado que estés — however tired you are, no matter how tired you are

2) (=demasiado) too

ya es muy tarde para cenar — it's too late to have dinner now

es muy joven para salir contigo — she's too young to be going out with you

3) [con participio] greatly, highly

muy buscado — highly sought-after

fue un tema muy comentado — the topic was very much discussed

2.

SF † (=lengua) tongue; (=boca) trap **, mouth

- achantar la muy

- irse de la muy

- largar por la muy

* * *

adverbio

a) very

muy poca gente — very few people

son muy amigos — they're great friends

muy admirado — much admired

muy respetado — highly respected

muy bien, sigamos adelante — OK o fine, let's go on

un gesto muy suyo — a typical gesture of his

ella es muy de criticar a los demás — she's very fond of criticizing others

por muy cansado que estés — however o no matter how tired you are

el muy sinvergüenza — the swine

b) ( demasiado) too

quedó muy dulce — it's rather o too sweet

* * *

= highly, very, eminent + Nombre, deeply, expansively, darn.

Ex. Even for those items that are designated relevant some may be judged to be highly relevant, whilst others may be regarded as partially relevant or only marginally relevant.

Ex. I have been very embarrassed at their embarrassment at the kinds of subject headings used.

Ex. 'I think it makes eminent sense, for the reasons I've outlined,' he said and started toward the door.

Ex. I have found in reading extracts from Scott's diary of his trip to the South Pole that pupils interrupted all the time to ask questions, until the final entries were reached, when everyone went very quiet, moved deeply by Scott's words and unwilling to bruise the emotion they felt.

Ex. Their survey is expansively scripted and probes for a variety of information from the interviewee = Su encuesta está muy detallada y obtiene una gran variedad de información de los encuestados.

Ex. However, as someone else said, people are pretty darn sensitive about terrorism, and the days of left-luggage may be over.

----

* acento muy pronunciado = heavy accent.

* algo muy agradable de oír = music to + Posesivo + ears.

* algo muy diferente de = a far cry from.

* algo muy difícil = a tough sell.

* algo muy distinto de = a far cry from.

* algo ya muy conocido y usado = old nag.

* andar (muy) apurado de dinero = be (hard) pressed for + money.

* andar (muy) apurado de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* andar (muy) corto de dinero = be (hard) pressed for + money.

* andar (muy) corto de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* andar (muy) escaso de dinero = be (hard) pressed for + money.

* andar (muy) escaso de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* andar (muy) falto de dinero = be (hard) pressed for + money.

* andar (muy) falto de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* apuntar muy alto = reach for + the stars, shoot for + the stars.

* a un precio muy razonable = at a very reasonable cost, at a very reasonable cost, at very reasonable cost.

* avanzar muy despacio = creep, creep along.

* como muy tarde = at the latest.

* con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.

* con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.

* con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom.

* con muy pocas excepciones = with a few exceptions.

* con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).

* con un plazo de tiempo muy corto = at (a) very short notice.

* curva muy abierta = sweeping curve.

* curva muy cerrada = hairpin bend, hairpin curve, hairpin turn.

* curva muy pronunciada = hairpin bend, hairpin curve, hairpin turn.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de muy lejos = from afar.

* de ritmo muy acelerado = hard-driving.

* desde muy antiguo = since olden times.

* desde muy lejos = from afar.

* de un modo muy general = crudely, crudely.

* encontrar muy difícil = be hard-pushed to.

* en muy poco tiempo = before long.

* en un pasado muy lejano = in the dim and distant past.

* estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.

* estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.

* estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.

* estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.

* estar muy bajo = be way down.

* estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.

* estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.

* estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.

* estar muy lejano = be far off.

* estar muy lejos = be far off.

* estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.

* estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.

* estar muy separado = set + far apart.

* estar muy usado = be well thumbed.

* evaluar muy positivamente según unos criterios establecido = rate + Nombre + high on + criteria.

* gente muy trabajadora = hard-working people.

* haber de muy diversos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* hablar muy bien de = rant and rave.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of.

* hasta hace muy poco = up until recently.

* ignorancia es muy atrevida, la = ignorance is very daring.

* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.

* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.

* llegar muy lejos = go + a long way, come + a long way.

* lo que es muy importante = importantly.

* muy abreviado = highly-abbreviated.

* muy activo = afire.

* muy a diferencia de = in marked contrast to/with.

* muy + Adjetivo = extremely + Adjetivo, grossly + Adjetivo, rather + Adjetivo, severely + Adjetivo, tightly + Adjetivo, wildly + Adjetivo, extraordinarily + Adjetivo, incredibly + Adjetivo, ludicrously + Adjetivo, seriously + Adjetivo, disappointingly + Adjetivo, not least + Adjetivo, heavily + Adjetivo, much + Adjetivo, mighty + Adjetivo, prohibitively + Adjetivo, sorely + Adjetivo, supremely + Adjetivo, vastly + Adjetivo, vitally + Adjetivo, immensely + Adjetivo, hugely + Adjetivo, significantly + Adjetivo, most + Adjetivo, impressively + Adjetivo, bloody + Adjetivo.

* muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio = quite + Adjetivo/Adverbio.

* muy + Adjetivo/Participio = keenly + Adjetivo/Participio.

* muy admirado = much-admired.

* muy + Adverbio = ever so + Adverbio.

* muy agustito = snugly.

* muy alejado de = a long way removed from.

* muy al principio = in very early days, at the very outset.

* muy amado = much-loved.

* muy a menudo = more often than not, very often, most often than not.

* muy antiguo = centuries-old.

* muy anunciado = well-publicised [well-publicized, -USA].

* muy apartado de = a long way removed from.

* muy a + Posesivo + pesar = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

* muy apreciado = highly appreciated, long-revered.

* muy apreciado desde hace tiempo = long-revered.

* muy arraigado = deep-rooted, well established, long-established.

* muy a tiempo = in good time.

* muy atrás = far behind.

* muy atrasado = in the backwoods.

* muy avanzado = well-developed, well-advanced.

* muy beneficioso = high-payoff.

* muy bien = nicely.

* ¡muy bien! = the way to go!.

* muy bien cuidado = well-kept.

* muy bien pagado = highly paid.

* muy bien + podría + Verbo = might + well + Verbo.

* muy bien + puede + Verbo = may well + Verbo.

* muy bien remunerado = highly paid.

* muy bien tramado = carefully crafted.

* muy bien urdido = carefully crafted.

* muy caliente = piping hot, baking hot.

* muy cambiado = much-changed, much-changed.

* muy caro = high priced [high-priced].

* muy cerca = close-by.

* muy claramente = in no uncertain terms.

* muy completo = populated.

* muy concurrido = well-used [well used], well attended [well-attended].

* muy condicionado = well-conditioned.

* muy condimentado = spicy [spicier -comp., spiciest -sup.].

* muy conseguido = slick, licked, well-crafted.

* muy criticado = much-criticised [much-criticized, USA].

* muy crítico = highly critical.

* muy custodiado = heavily guarded.

* muy de cerca = not far behind.

* muy desarrollado = well-developed.

* muy despacio = very slowly.

* muy de tarde en tarde = once in a blue moon.

* muy diferente de = far different... from, in marked contrast to/with.

* muy difícil de traducir = defy + translation.

* muy dispuesto a = all ready to.

* muy divulgado = well-publicised [well-publicized, -USA].

* muy documentado = well-informed.

* muy duro = as hard as nails.

* muy eficaz = powerful.

* muy endeudado = heavily indebted.

* muy escandaloso = highly visible.

* muy especializado = highly specialised.

* muy estimado = highly regarded, highly esteemed, highly reputed.

* muy estrecho = poky [pokier -comp., pokiest -sup.].

* muy estructurado = highly-structured.

* muy extendido = commonly-held, widely held.

* muy famoso = highly acclaimed, widely acclaimed, well-acclaimed.

* muy frecuentado = heavily used.

* muy frecuentemente = so often, most often than not.

* muy frecuente y rápido = rapid-fire.

* muy gastado = worn-out.

* muy generalizado = commonly-held, widely held.

* muy grande = big time.

* muy iluminado = brightly illuminated.

* muy importante = critical, very importantly, big time.

* muy informado = well-informed.

* muy leído = widely-read.

* muy lejano = far off.

* muy lejos = far away, far off.

* muy lejos de = a long way from, a long way removed from.

* muy lejos de conseguir = a long way toward.

* muy lentamente = very slowly.

* muy lluvioso = rain-soaked.

* muy logrado = slickly produced.

* muy mal tiempo = severe weather.

* muy mayor = over the hill.

* muy moderno = trendy [trendier -comp., trendiest -sup.].

* muy motivado = highly-motivated.

* muy necesario = much needed [much-needed], long overdue.

* muy nervioso = in a state of agitation, highly-strung.

* muy nervioso, histérico = high-strung.

* muy notorio = highly visible.

* muy parecido a = much like.

* muy + Participio = badly + Participio.

* muy + Participio Pasado = widely + Participio Pasado, extensively + Participio Pasado.

* muy peculiar = highly distinctive.

* muy pertinente para = central to.

* muy poblado = heavily populated.

* muy poco = minimally.

* muy polémico = highly controversial.

* muy popular = widely-read, highly popular.

* muy por delante de = far ahead of.

* muy por detrás = far behind.

* muy por el contrario = in marked contrast.

* muy por encima de = far beyond.

* muy por encima de todo = over and above all.

* muy posiblemente = for all you know, for all we know.

* muy practicado = much practised.

* muy preciado = much prized, highly prized.

* muy preciso = much needed [much-needed].

* muy probablemente = most likely, most probably.

* muy pronto = before long, pretty soon.

* muy propio = highly distinctive.

* muy provechoso = high-payoff.

* muy pulido = licked, slick.

* muy querido = much-loved.

* muy rápidamente = like a house on fire, in short order.

* muy rara vez = all too seldom, all too seldom, once in a blue moon.

* muy recomendado = highly recommended.

* muy reconocido = highly regarded, highly esteemed, highly reputed.

* muy resistente = heavy-duty.

* muy respetado = highly regarded, highly esteemed, highly reputed, widely-respected.

* muy sazonado = spicy [spicier -comp., spiciest -sup.].

* muy similar a = much like.

* muy sistemático = highly-structured.

* muy solicitado = in great demand.

* muy trabajado = well-crafted.

* muy trabajador = committed.

* muy unido = close-knit, tight-knit, closely knit, well-connected, tightly knit.

* muy usado = shabby [shabbier -comp., shabbiest -sup.], high-use, well-used [well used], well-worn, well-worn, heavily used, much-used.

* muy útil = highly valuable.

* muy valioso = highly valuable, highly prized.

* muy valorado = highly valued, highly appreciated.

* muy venerado = long-revered.

* muy venerado desde hace tiempo = long-revered.

* muy vigilado = heavily guarded.

* no andar muy equivocado = be in the right realm.

* no estar muy lejos de = be just one step away from.

* nombre muy conocido = household name, household word.

* no muy bien informado = not-too-well-informed.

* no muy despierto = slow.

* no muy lejos = within easy travelling distance, not far behind, not far off, not far away, not far, not too far.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* pasarlo muy mal = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.

* persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.

* poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.

* por muy + Adjetivo + be = Adjetivo + though + Nombre + be.

* por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.

* por muy extraño que parezca = strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough.

* por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.

* por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.

* por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.

* posibilidades muy variadas = rich possibilities.

* puede muy bien ser = could well be.

* puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.

* regla muy precisa = finely graduated scale.

* repasar Algo muy detenidamente = go over + Nombre + with a fine toothcomb.

* sangre muy diluida = thin blood.

* sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.

* ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy fácil de conseguir = be there for the taking.

* ser Algo muy importante = loom + large.

* ser algo muy obvio = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy raro = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy revelador = be a giveaway.

* ser muy aconsejable que = be well advised to.

* ser muy amigo de = be pally with.

* ser muy antiguo = go back + a long way.

* ser muy buena señal = bode + well.

* ser muy conocido por = be well known for.

* ser muy diferente de = be quite apart from.

* ser muy difícil, no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.

* ser muy escaso = be at a premium.

* ser muy gracioso = be a right laugh.

* ser muy melindroso = be picky.

* ser muy necesario = be long overdue.

* ser muy particular = be picky.

* ser muy poco probable = be remote.

* ser muy popular = have + mass appeal.

* ser muy probable = chances + be.

* ser muy prometedor = promise + great possibilities, bode + well.

* ser muy provechoso = pay off + handsomely.

* ser muy quisquilloso = be picky.

* ser muy rápido = be quick off + Posesivo + feet.

* ser muy revelador = speak + volumes, be an eye-opener.

* ser muy superior a los demás = be way above all the others.

* ser muy superior a los otros = be way above all the others.

* ser muy usado = be heavily used.

* servir muy bien = take + Nombre + a long way.

* tejido muy delicado = gossamer.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tenerse muy en cuenta por = carry + weight with.

* tener un día muy largo = have + a long day.

* tiempo muy malo = severe weather.

* una probabilidad muy alta = a sporting chance.

* venir muy bien = fit + the bill.

* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.

* vigilar Algo muy de cerca = keep + a watchful eye.

* * *

adverbio

a) very

muy poca gente — very few people

son muy amigos — they're great friends

muy admirado — much admired

muy respetado — highly respected

muy bien, sigamos adelante — OK o fine, let's go on

un gesto muy suyo — a typical gesture of his

ella es muy de criticar a los demás — she's very fond of criticizing others

por muy cansado que estés — however o no matter how tired you are

el muy sinvergüenza — the swine

b) ( demasiado) too

quedó muy dulce — it's rather o too sweet

* * *

= highly, very, eminent + Nombre, deeply, expansively, darn.

Ex: Even for those items that are designated relevant some may be judged to be highly relevant, whilst others may be regarded as partially relevant or only marginally relevant.

Ex: I have been very embarrassed at their embarrassment at the kinds of subject headings used.

Ex: 'I think it makes eminent sense, for the reasons I've outlined,' he said and started toward the door.

Ex: I have found in reading extracts from Scott's diary of his trip to the South Pole that pupils interrupted all the time to ask questions, until the final entries were reached, when everyone went very quiet, moved deeply by Scott's words and unwilling to bruise the emotion they felt.

Ex: Their survey is expansively scripted and probes for a variety of information from the interviewee = Su encuesta está muy detallada y obtiene una gran variedad de información de los encuestados.

Ex: However, as someone else said, people are pretty darn sensitive about terrorism, and the days of left-luggage may be over.

* acento muy pronunciado = heavy accent.

* algo muy agradable de oír = music to + Posesivo + ears.

* algo muy diferente de = a far cry from.

* algo muy difícil = a tough sell.

* algo muy distinto de = a far cry from.

* algo ya muy conocido y usado = old nag.

* andar (muy) apurado de dinero = be (hard) pressed for + money.

* andar (muy) apurado de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* andar (muy) corto de dinero = be (hard) pressed for + money.

* andar (muy) corto de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* andar (muy) escaso de dinero = be (hard) pressed for + money.

* andar (muy) escaso de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* andar (muy) falto de dinero = be (hard) pressed for + money.

* andar (muy) falto de tiempo = be (hard) pressed for + time.

* apuntar muy alto = reach for + the stars, shoot for + the stars.

* a un precio muy razonable = at a very reasonable cost, at a very reasonable cost, at very reasonable cost.

* avanzar muy despacio = creep, creep along.

* como muy tarde = at the latest.

* con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.

* con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.

* con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).

* con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.

* con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom.

* con muy pocas excepciones = with a few exceptions.

* con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).

* con un plazo de tiempo muy corto = at (a) very short notice.

* curva muy abierta = sweeping curve.

* curva muy cerrada = hairpin bend, hairpin curve, hairpin turn.

* curva muy pronunciada = hairpin bend, hairpin curve, hairpin turn.

* de forma muy similar a = in much the same way as.

* de muy lejos = from afar.

* de ritmo muy acelerado = hard-driving.

* desde muy antiguo = since olden times.

* desde muy lejos = from afar.

* de un modo muy general = crudely, crudely.

* encontrar muy difícil = be hard-pushed to.

* en muy poco tiempo = before long.

* en un pasado muy lejano = in the dim and distant past.

* estar muy acostumbrado a = be all too familiar with.

* estar muy agradecido a = be indebted to.

* estar muy alejado de = be a long way from.

* estar muy arraigado en = be well embedded in.

* estar muy bajo = be way down.

* estar muy cerca de = be one step away from, be steps away from, come + very close to.

* estar muy convencido de = have + strong feelings about.

* estar muy emocionado con/por = be excited about.

* estar muy lejano = be far off.

* estar muy lejos = be far off.

* estar muy por delante de = be way out ahead of.

* estar muy por delante de su tiempo = be years ahead of + Posesivo + time.

* estar muy separado = set + far apart.

* estar muy usado = be well thumbed.

* evaluar muy positivamente según unos criterios establecido = rate + Nombre + high on + criteria.

* gente muy trabajadora = hard-working people.

* haber de muy diversos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.

* hablar muy bien de = rant and rave.

* hacer Algo muy bien = do + an excellent job of.

* hasta hace muy poco = up until recently.

* ignorancia es muy atrevida, la = ignorance is very daring.

* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.

* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.

* llegar muy lejos = go + a long way, come + a long way.

* lo que es muy importante = importantly.

* muy abreviado = highly-abbreviated.

* muy activo = afire.

* muy a diferencia de = in marked contrast to/with.

* muy + Adjetivo = extremely + Adjetivo, grossly + Adjetivo, rather + Adjetivo, severely + Adjetivo, tightly + Adjetivo, wildly + Adjetivo, extraordinarily + Adjetivo, incredibly + Adjetivo, ludicrously + Adjetivo, seriously + Adjetivo, disappointingly + Adjetivo, not least + Adjetivo, heavily + Adjetivo, much + Adjetivo, mighty + Adjetivo, prohibitively + Adjetivo, sorely + Adjetivo, supremely + Adjetivo, vastly + Adjetivo, vitally + Adjetivo, immensely + Adjetivo, hugely + Adjetivo, significantly + Adjetivo, most + Adjetivo, impressively + Adjetivo, bloody + Adjetivo.

* muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio = quite + Adjetivo/Adverbio.

* muy + Adjetivo/Participio = keenly + Adjetivo/Participio.

* muy admirado = much-admired.

* muy + Adverbio = ever so + Adverbio.

* muy agustito = snugly.

* muy alejado de = a long way removed from.

* muy al principio = in very early days, at the very outset.

* muy amado = much-loved.

* muy a menudo = more often than not, very often, most often than not.

* muy antiguo = centuries-old.

* muy anunciado = well-publicised [well-publicized, -USA].

* muy apartado de = a long way removed from.

* muy a + Posesivo + pesar = to + Posesivo + chagrin.

* muy apreciado = highly appreciated, long-revered.

* muy apreciado desde hace tiempo = long-revered.

* muy arraigado = deep-rooted, well established, long-established.

* muy a tiempo = in good time.

* muy atrás = far behind.

* muy atrasado = in the backwoods.

* muy avanzado = well-developed, well-advanced.

* muy beneficioso = high-payoff.

* muy bien = nicely.

* ¡muy bien! = the way to go!.

* muy bien cuidado = well-kept.

* muy bien pagado = highly paid.

* muy bien + podría + Verbo = might + well + Verbo.

* muy bien + puede + Verbo = may well + Verbo.

* muy bien remunerado = highly paid.

* muy bien tramado = carefully crafted.

* muy bien urdido = carefully crafted.

* muy caliente = piping hot, baking hot.

* muy cambiado = much-changed, much-changed.

* muy caro = high priced [high-priced].

* muy cerca = close-by.

* muy claramente = in no uncertain terms.

* muy completo = populated.

* muy concurrido = well-used [well used], well attended [well-attended].

* muy condicionado = well-conditioned.

* muy condimentado = spicy [spicier -comp., spiciest -sup.].

* muy conseguido = slick, licked, well-crafted.

* muy criticado = much-criticised [much-criticized, USA].

* muy crítico = highly critical.

* muy custodiado = heavily guarded.

* muy de cerca = not far behind.

* muy desarrollado = well-developed.

* muy despacio = very slowly.

* muy de tarde en tarde = once in a blue moon.

* muy diferente de = far different... from, in marked contrast to/with.

* muy difícil de traducir = defy + translation.

* muy dispuesto a = all ready to.

* muy divulgado = well-publicised [well-publicized, -USA].

* muy documentado = well-informed.

* muy duro = as hard as nails.

* muy eficaz = powerful.

* muy endeudado = heavily indebted.

* muy escandaloso = highly visible.

* muy especializado = highly specialised.

* muy estimado = highly regarded, highly esteemed, highly reputed.

* muy estrecho = poky [pokier -comp., pokiest -sup.].

* muy estructurado = highly-structured.

* muy extendido = commonly-held, widely held.

* muy famoso = highly acclaimed, widely acclaimed, well-acclaimed.

* muy frecuentado = heavily used.

* muy frecuentemente = so often, most often than not.

* muy frecuente y rápido = rapid-fire.

* muy gastado = worn-out.

* muy generalizado = commonly-held, widely held.

* muy grande = big time.

* muy iluminado = brightly illuminated.

* muy importante = critical, very importantly, big time.

* muy informado = well-informed.

* muy leído = widely-read.

* muy lejano = far off.

* muy lejos = far away, far off.

* muy lejos de = a long way from, a long way removed from.

* muy lejos de conseguir = a long way toward.

* muy lentamente = very slowly.

* muy lluvioso = rain-soaked.

* muy logrado = slickly produced.

* muy mal tiempo = severe weather.

* muy mayor = over the hill.

* muy moderno = trendy [trendier -comp., trendiest -sup.].

* muy motivado = highly-motivated.

* muy necesario = much needed [much-needed], long overdue.

* muy nervioso = in a state of agitation, highly-strung.

* muy nervioso, histérico = high-strung.

* muy notorio = highly visible.

* muy parecido a = much like.

* muy + Participio = badly + Participio.

* muy + Participio Pasado = widely + Participio Pasado, extensively + Participio Pasado.

* muy peculiar = highly distinctive.

* muy pertinente para = central to.

* muy poblado = heavily populated.

* muy poco = minimally.

* muy polémico = highly controversial.

* muy popular = widely-read, highly popular.

* muy por delante de = far ahead of.

* muy por detrás = far behind.

* muy por el contrario = in marked contrast.

* muy por encima de = far beyond.

* muy por encima de todo = over and above all.

* muy posiblemente = for all you know, for all we know.

* muy practicado = much practised.

* muy preciado = much prized, highly prized.

* muy preciso = much needed [much-needed].

* muy probablemente = most likely, most probably.

* muy pronto = before long, pretty soon.

* muy propio = highly distinctive.

* muy provechoso = high-payoff.

* muy pulido = licked, slick.

* muy querido = much-loved.

* muy rápidamente = like a house on fire, in short order.

* muy rara vez = all too seldom, all too seldom, once in a blue moon.

* muy recomendado = highly recommended.

* muy reconocido = highly regarded, highly esteemed, highly reputed.

* muy resistente = heavy-duty.

* muy respetado = highly regarded, highly esteemed, highly reputed, widely-respected.

* muy sazonado = spicy [spicier -comp., spiciest -sup.].

* muy similar a = much like.

* muy sistemático = highly-structured.

* muy solicitado = in great demand.

* muy trabajado = well-crafted.

* muy trabajador = committed.

* muy unido = close-knit, tight-knit, closely knit, well-connected, tightly knit.

* muy usado = shabby [shabbier -comp., shabbiest -sup.], high-use, well-used [well used], well-worn, well-worn, heavily used, much-used.

* muy útil = highly valuable.

* muy valioso = highly valuable, highly prized.

* muy valorado = highly valued, highly appreciated.

* muy venerado = long-revered.

* muy venerado desde hace tiempo = long-revered.

* muy vigilado = heavily guarded.

* no andar muy equivocado = be in the right realm.

* no estar muy lejos de = be just one step away from.

* nombre muy conocido = household name, household word.

* no muy bien informado = not-too-well-informed.

* no muy despierto = slow.

* no muy lejos = within easy travelling distance, not far behind, not far off, not far away, not far, not too far.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* pasarlo muy mal = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.

* persona muy trabajadora = hard-working person.

* poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.

* por muy + Adjetivo + be = Adjetivo + though + Nombre + be.

* por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.

* por muy extraño que parezca = strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough.

* por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.

* por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.

* por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.

* posibilidades muy variadas = rich possibilities.

* puede muy bien ser = could well be.

* puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.

* regla muy precisa = finely graduated scale.

* repasar Algo muy detenidamente = go over + Nombre + with a fine toothcomb.

* sangre muy diluida = thin blood.

* sentido muy desarrollado de su propio territorio = territoriality.

* ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy fácil de conseguir = be there for the taking.

* ser Algo muy importante = loom + large.

* ser algo muy obvio = be a dead giveaway.

* ser algo muy poco frecuente = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy raro = be a rare occurrence.

* ser algo muy revelador = be a giveaway.

* ser muy aconsejable que = be well advised to.

* ser muy amigo de = be pally with.

* ser muy antiguo = go back + a long way.

* ser muy buena señal = bode + well.

* ser muy conocido por = be well known for.

* ser muy diferente de = be quite apart from.

* ser muy difícil, no ser nada fácil = be hard-pushed to.

* ser muy escaso = be at a premium.

* ser muy gracioso = be a right laugh.

* ser muy melindroso = be picky.

* ser muy necesario = be long overdue.

* ser muy particular = be picky.

* ser muy poco probable = be remote.

* ser muy popular = have + mass appeal.

* ser muy probable = chances + be.

* ser muy prometedor = promise + great possibilities, bode + well.

* ser muy provechoso = pay off + handsomely.

* ser muy quisquilloso = be picky.

* ser muy rápido = be quick off + Posesivo + feet.

* ser muy revelador = speak + volumes, be an eye-opener.

* ser muy superior a los demás = be way above all the others.

* ser muy superior a los otros = be way above all the others.

* ser muy usado = be heavily used.

* servir muy bien = take + Nombre + a long way.

* tejido muy delicado = gossamer.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tenerse muy en cuenta por = carry + weight with.

* tener un día muy largo = have + a long day.

* tiempo muy malo = severe weather.

* una probabilidad muy alta = a sporting chance.

* venir muy bien = fit + the bill.

* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.

* vigilar Algo muy de cerca = keep + a watchful eye.

* * *

muy

adverb

1 very

muy poca gente very few people

soy muy consciente de mis limitaciones I'm very o acutely aware of my limitations

es muy trabajador he's a very hard worker, he works very hard

son muy amigos they're great friends

está muy bien escrito it's extremely o very well written

su carne es muy apreciada its meat is highly prized

muy admirado much admired

muy respetado highly respected

muy bien, sigamos adelante OK o fine, let's go on

muy bien, si eso es lo que tú quieres very well, if that's what you want

estoy muy, pero muy disgustado I'm very, very upset

es un gesto muy suyo it's a typical gesture of his

ella es muy de criticar a los demás she's very fond of criticizing others

por muy cansado que estés however o no matter how tired you are

¿sabes lo que hizo el muy sinvergüenza? do you know what he did, the swine?

2 (demasiado) too

te ha quedado muy dulce it's rather o too sweet

no me gusta sentarme muy adelante I don't like sitting too near the front/too far forward

* * *

muy adverbio
a) very;

◊ muy poca gente very few people;

son muy amigos they're great friends;
muy admirado much admired;
muy respetado highly respected;
muy bien, sigamos adelante OK o fine, let's go on;
por muy cansado que estés however o no matter how tired you are
b) ( demasiado) too;

◊ quedó muy dulce it's rather o too sweet

muy adverbio
1 (modificando a un adjetivo o adverbio) very: muy pronto llegará, he will arrive very soon
muy tierno, very tender
2 (modificando al sustantivo) es muy española, she's a real Spaniard
3 (demasiado) está muy caliente, it's too hot
' muy' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abertura
- abisal
- abominable
- abrigada
- abrigado
- acalorada
- acalorado
- acaramelada
- acaramelado
- accidentada
- accidentado
- acertada
- acertado
- achacosa
- achacoso
- ácida
- ácido
- acto
- actual
- aferrada
- aferrado
- agitada
- agitado
- agradecida
- agradecido
- ahora
- alentador
- alentadora
- amena
- ameno
- amiga
- amigo
- ancha
- ancho
- antojadiza
- antojadizo
- aparte
- aperreada
- aperreado
- apretada
- apretado
- apurada
- apurado
- arraigada
- arraigado
- auspicio
- avenida
- avenido
- baja
- bajo
English:
abandon
- abject
- abominable
- abrupt
- abysmal
- actual
- afield
- Afro
- aggressive
- agony
- also
- ambience
- appealing
- appreciative
- arch
- archaic
- argument
- article
- articulate
- aware
- baby
- bad
- badly
- baking
- be
- bear
- beating
- become
- behind
- big
- blare
- boiling
- bolt
- bookmobile
- boom
- boy
- brilliant
- burn
- burning
- businesslike
- bustle
- candid
- capable
- celebrity
- chance
- charmer
- chart
- chirpy
- civil
- clever

* * *

muy adv

1. [en alto grado] very;

muy bueno/cerca very good/near;

estoy muy cansado I'm very tired;

es muy hombre he's very manly, he's a real man;

muy de mañana very early in the morning;

¡muy bien! [vale] OK!, all right!;
[qué bien] very good!, well done!;
eso es muy de ella that's just like her;

eso es muy de los americanos that's typically American;

¡el muy fresco! the cheeky devil!;

¡la muy tonta! the silly idiot!;

me gusta muy mucho I really, really like it;

te cuidarás muy mucho de hacerlo just make absolutely sure you don't do it

2. [demasiado] too;

no cabe ahí, es muy grande it won't fit in there, it's too big;

ahora ya es muy tarde it's too late now

* * *

muy

adv

1 very;

muy valorado highly valued;

Muy Señor mío Dear Sir

2 ( demasiado) too

* * *

muy adv

1) : very, quite

es muy inteligente: she's very intelligent

muy bien: very well, fine

eso es muy americano: that's typically American

2) : too

es muy grande para él: it's too big for him

* * *

muy adv very

muy cansado very tired

muy tarde very late

muy bien (de acuerdo) OK / fine (para felicitar) very good / well done

por muy... que however...

por muy tarde que sea however late it is

Spanish-English dictionary > muy
14 BYRJA

begin

* * *

I)

(að), v.

1) to originate (ór himninum byrjast öll gœzka);

2) to beget esp. in pass., byrjast, to be begotten (á þeirri sömu nótt sem hann byrjaðist);

3) to enter upon, begin;

byrja ferð sína, to begin one’s journey;

4) byrja mál es, to plead (support) one’s cause (ek skal byrja þitt mál sem ek kann);

byrja rœðu, to deliver a speech (= flytja rœðu);

hefir þú fram byrjat (stated) erendi þitt.

II)

(að), v. impers. with dat. to behove, beseem;

sem byrja (as it behoves) hlýðnum syni;

sem þeim byrjaði at manntali, in due proportion to their number.

III)

(að), v. impers., em byrjar vel (illa), one gets fair (foul) wind (byrjaði þeim vel um haustit).

* * *

að, [Swed. börja; lost in Dan., which has replaced it by begynde; Germ. beginnen; and probably also extinct in the mod. Norse dialects, vide Ivar Aasen, who seems not to have heard the word; it is in full use in Icel. and is a purely Scandin. word; the root is the part. pass. of bera A. II]:—to begin.

I. in the phrase, b. mál e-s, to plead one’s cause, O. H. L. 5; ek skal byrja ( support) þitt mál, sem ek kann, Fs. 10, Fms. ii. 65; hann byrjaði hennar mál við Ólaf konung, x. 310; með einum hundraðs-höfðingja þeim er byrjaði mál hans, Post. 645. 96; hefir þú fram byrjat þitt erindi, 655 xxx. 13, Al. 159: this sense, however, is rare and obsolete.

II. to begin; b. ferð, to begin one’s journey, to start, Edda 1, Fms. iv. 232, Eg. 106, Ld. 162; b. ræðu, to begin a speech, Sks. 238; b. e-t upp, to begin, Bs. i. 825: reflex., Rb. 210: the word is not very freq. in old writers, who prefer the word hefja, incipere, hence upphaf, beginning; in mod. writers hefja is rather archaïc, but byrja in full use, and is used both as act., impers., and reflex.; Icel. say, sagan byrjar, söguna byrjar, and sagan byrjast, all in the same sense.

III. [bera A. II], mostly in pass. to be begotten, Lat. suscipi; Elias af hjúskap byrjaðr, Greg. 16; á þeim mánuðum er barn var byrjað, Grág. i. 340; á þeirri sömu nótt sem hann byrjaðisk, Stj. 176; sem þau hittusk á fjallinu Brynhildr ok Sigurðr ok hon (viz. the daughter Áslaug) var byrjuð, Fas. i. 257; heldr ertu bráðr að byrja þann er bein hefir engin, 250 (in a verse).

IV. impers. with dat.:

1. [bera C. III], to behove, beseem, be due; sem konungs-syni byrjar, Fms. i. 81; hann gefr sálu várri slíkan mátt sem henni byrjar, Hom. 157; svá byrjaði ( behoved) Christo að líða, Luke xxiv. 46; þat byrjar mér meir at hlýða Guði en mönnum, 623. 11; sem aðiljanum byrjaði, Grág. i. 394; sem þeim byrjaði at manntali, i. e. in due proportion to their number, ii. 381; sem byrjar ( as it behoves) hlýðnum syni ok eptirlátum, Sks. 12; er helzt byrjar kaupmönnum at hafa, 52.

2. [byrr], the phrase, e-m byrjar vel, illa, one gets a fair, foul, wind; þeim byrjaði vel, Eg. 69; honum byrjaði vel, 78, Eb. 8; byrjaði þeim vel um haustið, Fms. iv. 293; þeim byrjaði illa, Eg. 158.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BYRJA
15 aevom

aevum (archaic aevom), i, n.; but m., Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 14; Lucr. 2, 561; 3, 603 [aiôn; cf. aies or aien, aei, aidios; Goth. aivs = time, aiv = ever, aiveins = everlasting; Germ. ewig, Ewigkeit; Eng. aye, ever].
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen., uninterrupted, never-ending time, eternity; per aevom, Lucr. 1, 634; 1, 950 al.—Hence of the future:
in aevum,
for all time, Hor. C. 4, 14, 3; so Plin. 35, 2, 2, and Vulg. Eccli. 41, 16:
nos peribimus in aevum,
ib. Bar. 3, 3.—
B.
Esp., in a more restricted sense of a definite time, period, lifetime, life, age: aevom agitare, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 2, 3 (Ann. v. 308 Vahl.): in armis aevom agere, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 49 (Trag. Rel. p. 110 Rib.); so, aevom degere, [p. 65] Lucr. 5, 1439:
consumere,
id. 5, 1430: meum si quis te percontabitur aevum, my age or time of life, Hor. Ep. 1, 20, 26:
aevum omne et breve et fragile est,
Plin. Pan. 78, 2: flos aevi, the bloom of life (cf. aetas, I.), Ov. M. 9, 435:
integer aevi,
Verg. A. 9, 255:
primum aevum,
Val. Fl. 7, 338.—Also (like aetas, q. v. I.) for old age:
aevo confectus,
Verg. A. 11, 85:
obsitus aevo,
id. ib. 8, 307:
annis aevoque soluti,
Ov. M. 8, 712.—
II.
Transf.
A.
Age or generation, Ov. P. 1, 3, 83:
ter aevo functus (of Nestor),
Hor. C. 2, 9, 13:
ingenia nostri aevi,
Vell. 2, 36:
in nostro aevo,
Plin. 2, 25, 23, § 92:
nostro aevo,
id. 2, 13, 10, § 57:
simulacrum tot aevis incorruptum,
id. 14, 1, 2, § 9.—Hence,
B.
The men living in the same age (cf. aetas, II. C.):
de quibus consensus aevi judicaverit,
Plin. 14, 6, 8, § 72.—
C.
In a wider sense, time, in gen.:
vitiata dentibus aevi omnia,
Ov. M. 15, 235:
quae per tantum aevi occulta,
Tac. A. 16, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aevom
16 aevum

aevum (archaic aevom), i, n.; but m., Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 14; Lucr. 2, 561; 3, 603 [aiôn; cf. aies or aien, aei, aidios; Goth. aivs = time, aiv = ever, aiveins = everlasting; Germ. ewig, Ewigkeit; Eng. aye, ever].
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen., uninterrupted, never-ending time, eternity; per aevom, Lucr. 1, 634; 1, 950 al.—Hence of the future:
in aevum,
for all time, Hor. C. 4, 14, 3; so Plin. 35, 2, 2, and Vulg. Eccli. 41, 16:
nos peribimus in aevum,
ib. Bar. 3, 3.—
B.
Esp., in a more restricted sense of a definite time, period, lifetime, life, age: aevom agitare, Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 2, 3 (Ann. v. 308 Vahl.): in armis aevom agere, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 49 (Trag. Rel. p. 110 Rib.); so, aevom degere, [p. 65] Lucr. 5, 1439:
consumere,
id. 5, 1430: meum si quis te percontabitur aevum, my age or time of life, Hor. Ep. 1, 20, 26:
aevum omne et breve et fragile est,
Plin. Pan. 78, 2: flos aevi, the bloom of life (cf. aetas, I.), Ov. M. 9, 435:
integer aevi,
Verg. A. 9, 255:
primum aevum,
Val. Fl. 7, 338.—Also (like aetas, q. v. I.) for old age:
aevo confectus,
Verg. A. 11, 85:
obsitus aevo,
id. ib. 8, 307:
annis aevoque soluti,
Ov. M. 8, 712.—
II.
Transf.
A.
Age or generation, Ov. P. 1, 3, 83:
ter aevo functus (of Nestor),
Hor. C. 2, 9, 13:
ingenia nostri aevi,
Vell. 2, 36:
in nostro aevo,
Plin. 2, 25, 23, § 92:
nostro aevo,
id. 2, 13, 10, § 57:
simulacrum tot aevis incorruptum,
id. 14, 1, 2, § 9.—Hence,
B.
The men living in the same age (cf. aetas, II. C.):
de quibus consensus aevi judicaverit,
Plin. 14, 6, 8, § 72.—
C.
In a wider sense, time, in gen.:
vitiata dentibus aevi omnia,
Ov. M. 15, 235:
quae per tantum aevi occulta,
Tac. A. 16, 1.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aevum
17 animadverto

ănĭmadverto (archaic - vorto), ti, sum, 3, v. a. [contr. from animum adverto, which orthography is very freq. in the anteclass. period; cf. adverto, II. B.] (scarcely found in any poet beside Ter. and Verg.), to direct the mind or attention to a thing, to attend to, give heed to, to take heed, consider, regard, observe.
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen.:
alios tuam rem credidisti magis quam tete animum advorsuros,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 3:
atque haec in bello plura et majora videntur timentibus, eadem non tam animadvertuntur in pace,
Cic. Div. 2, 27:
sed animadvertendum est diligenter, quae natura rerum sit,
id. Off. 2, 20, 69:
dignitas tua facit, ut animadvertatur quicquid facias,
id. Fam. 11, 27, 7; Nep. Epam. 6, 2.—With ut, to think of:
illud me non animadvertisse moleste ferrem, ut ascriberem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 5 (cf.:
animos advertere, ne,
Liv. 4, 45).—
B.
Esp., as t. t.
1.
Of the lictor, whose duty it was to give attention, to see, that the consul, when he appeared, should receive due homage (cf. Sen. Ep. 64; Schwarz ad Plin. Pan. 23, and Smith, Dict. Antiq., s. v. lictor):
consul animadvertere proximum lictorem jussit,
Liv. 24, 44 fin. —
2.
Of the people, to whom the lictor gave orders to pay attention, to pay regard to:
consule theatrum introeunte, cum lictor animadverti ex more jussisset,
Suet. Caes. 80 Ruhnk.—
II.
Transf., as a consequence of attention.
A.
To remark, notice, observe, perceive, see (in a more general sense than above; the most usu. signif. of this word).
a.
With acc.:
Ecquid attendis? ecquid animadvertis horum silentium?
Cic. Cat. 1, 8, 20: utcumque animadversa aut existimata erunt, Liv. praef. med.:
his animadversis,
Verg. G. 2, 259; 3, 123 et saep.:
Equidem etiam illud animadverto, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 12, 37 Beier.:
nutrix animadvertit puerum dormientem circumplicatum serpentis amplexu,
id. Div. 1, 36, 79.—
b.
With acc. and inf.:
postquam id vos velle animum advorteram,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:
qui non animadverterit innocentes illos natos, etc.,
Nep. Epam. 6, 3:
turrim conlucere animadvertit,
Tac. H. 3, 38.—
c.
With ind. quest.: quod quale sit, etiam in bestiis quibusdam animadverti potest, Cic.Am. 8, 27.—
B.
In a pregn. sense, to discern something, or, in gen., to apprehend, understand, comprehend, know (less freq. than the synn. cognoscere, intellegere, etc.):
boni seminis sues animadvertuntur a facie et progenie,
Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 4:
nonne animadvertis, quam multi effugerint?
Cic. N. D. 3, 37, 89:
ut adsint, cognoscant, animadvertant, quid de religione... existimandum sit,
id. ib. 1, 6, 14:
animadverti enim et didici ex tuis litteris te, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5.—
C.
To notice a wrong, to censure, blame, chastise, punish (cf. the Engl. phrase to attend to one, for to punish):
Ea primum ab illo animadvortenda injuriast,
deserves to be punished, Ter. And. 1, 1, 129 (animadvortenda = castiganda, vindicanda, Don.):
O facinus animadvortendum,
O crime worthy of punishment, id. ib. 4, 4, 28:
animadvertenda peccata,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40:
res a magistratibus animadvertenda,
id. Caecin. 12:
neque animadvertere neque vincire nisi sacerdotibus permissum = morte multare,
to punish with death, Tac. G. 7.—Esp. freq. in judicial proceedings as t. t., constr. with in aliquem: qui institueras [p. 122] animadvertere in eos, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23:
imperiti, si in hunc animadvertissem, crudeliter et regie factum esse dicerent,
id. Cat. 1, 12, 30:
qui in alios animadvertisset indictā causā,
id. Fam. 5, 2; so Sall. C. 51, 21; Liv. 1, 26:
in Marcianum Icelum, ut in libertum, palam animadversum,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 68; 1, 85; 4, 49; Suet. Aug. 15; id. Tib. 61; id. Calig. 30; id. Galb. 20; Dig. 48, 19, 8 al.;
hence, effect for cause, animadverti,
to offend, be censurable, Cic. Or. 3, 12.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > animadverto
18 animadvorto

ănĭmadverto (archaic - vorto), ti, sum, 3, v. a. [contr. from animum adverto, which orthography is very freq. in the anteclass. period; cf. adverto, II. B.] (scarcely found in any poet beside Ter. and Verg.), to direct the mind or attention to a thing, to attend to, give heed to, to take heed, consider, regard, observe.
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen.:
alios tuam rem credidisti magis quam tete animum advorsuros,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 3:
atque haec in bello plura et majora videntur timentibus, eadem non tam animadvertuntur in pace,
Cic. Div. 2, 27:
sed animadvertendum est diligenter, quae natura rerum sit,
id. Off. 2, 20, 69:
dignitas tua facit, ut animadvertatur quicquid facias,
id. Fam. 11, 27, 7; Nep. Epam. 6, 2.—With ut, to think of:
illud me non animadvertisse moleste ferrem, ut ascriberem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 5, 20, 5 (cf.:
animos advertere, ne,
Liv. 4, 45).—
B.
Esp., as t. t.
1.
Of the lictor, whose duty it was to give attention, to see, that the consul, when he appeared, should receive due homage (cf. Sen. Ep. 64; Schwarz ad Plin. Pan. 23, and Smith, Dict. Antiq., s. v. lictor):
consul animadvertere proximum lictorem jussit,
Liv. 24, 44 fin. —
2.
Of the people, to whom the lictor gave orders to pay attention, to pay regard to:
consule theatrum introeunte, cum lictor animadverti ex more jussisset,
Suet. Caes. 80 Ruhnk.—
II.
Transf., as a consequence of attention.
A.
To remark, notice, observe, perceive, see (in a more general sense than above; the most usu. signif. of this word).
a.
With acc.:
Ecquid attendis? ecquid animadvertis horum silentium?
Cic. Cat. 1, 8, 20: utcumque animadversa aut existimata erunt, Liv. praef. med.:
his animadversis,
Verg. G. 2, 259; 3, 123 et saep.:
Equidem etiam illud animadverto, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 12, 37 Beier.:
nutrix animadvertit puerum dormientem circumplicatum serpentis amplexu,
id. Div. 1, 36, 79.—
b.
With acc. and inf.:
postquam id vos velle animum advorteram,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:
qui non animadverterit innocentes illos natos, etc.,
Nep. Epam. 6, 3:
turrim conlucere animadvertit,
Tac. H. 3, 38.—
c.
With ind. quest.: quod quale sit, etiam in bestiis quibusdam animadverti potest, Cic.Am. 8, 27.—
B.
In a pregn. sense, to discern something, or, in gen., to apprehend, understand, comprehend, know (less freq. than the synn. cognoscere, intellegere, etc.):
boni seminis sues animadvertuntur a facie et progenie,
Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 4:
nonne animadvertis, quam multi effugerint?
Cic. N. D. 3, 37, 89:
ut adsint, cognoscant, animadvertant, quid de religione... existimandum sit,
id. ib. 1, 6, 14:
animadverti enim et didici ex tuis litteris te, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5.—
C.
To notice a wrong, to censure, blame, chastise, punish (cf. the Engl. phrase to attend to one, for to punish):
Ea primum ab illo animadvortenda injuriast,
deserves to be punished, Ter. And. 1, 1, 129 (animadvortenda = castiganda, vindicanda, Don.):
O facinus animadvortendum,
O crime worthy of punishment, id. ib. 4, 4, 28:
animadvertenda peccata,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40:
res a magistratibus animadvertenda,
id. Caecin. 12:
neque animadvertere neque vincire nisi sacerdotibus permissum = morte multare,
to punish with death, Tac. G. 7.—Esp. freq. in judicial proceedings as t. t., constr. with in aliquem: qui institueras [p. 122] animadvertere in eos, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23:
imperiti, si in hunc animadvertissem, crudeliter et regie factum esse dicerent,
id. Cat. 1, 12, 30:
qui in alios animadvertisset indictā causā,
id. Fam. 5, 2; so Sall. C. 51, 21; Liv. 1, 26:
in Marcianum Icelum, ut in libertum, palam animadversum,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 68; 1, 85; 4, 49; Suet. Aug. 15; id. Tib. 61; id. Calig. 30; id. Galb. 20; Dig. 48, 19, 8 al.;
hence, effect for cause, animadverti,
to offend, be censurable, Cic. Or. 3, 12.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > animadvorto
19 Cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum
20 cum

1.
cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
I.
In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:
qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:
cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:
semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:
quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:
cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:
si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:
vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:
errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:
qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
b.
In an expression of displeasure:
in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
B.
In a designation of time with which some action concurs:
egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,
cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:
cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:
cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:
cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:
pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:
pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:
cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:
mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:
simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:
et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
C.
In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:
cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:
cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:
cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:
cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:
cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:
cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:
ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:
multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:
hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:
orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:
si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,
cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:
cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:
cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:
cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:
summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:
maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:
cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:
cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:
Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:
illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:
cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:
cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:
cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:
cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:
cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:
cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:
cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:
legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:
spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
b.
Attributively, with subst.:
et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:
frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
2.
Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
(α).
Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,
cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:
sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
(β).
With ut:
Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
(γ).
With ne:
obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:
cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:
cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—
3.
Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:
cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:
agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,
cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
4.
Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:
ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,
cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:
cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
D.
With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:
cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:
cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:
cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:
terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
II.
In partic.
A.
Completing the meaning of verbs.
1.
With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:
ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:
(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:
interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:
quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:
hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:
foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:
capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:
cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:
stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:
conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:
Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
2.
Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:
cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:
quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:
nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:
cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:
cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:
cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:
partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:
cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.
of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:
duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—
3.
Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:
cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:
cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:
si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:
si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:
tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:
uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:
pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
4.
Of deliberation and discussion:
haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:
tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
5.
Of strife, difference, etc.:
quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:
neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:
cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:
cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:
manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:
utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:
cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:
cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:
cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:
inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:
cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:
cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
6.
Of comparison:
nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:
hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:
conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:
(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
B.
Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:
hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):
a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:
cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:
olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:
arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:
fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:
onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:
cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;
so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:
ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;
so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:
inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:
vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:
simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §
109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:
cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.
Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:
te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:
ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:
cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
C.
With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;
v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:
quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:
Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
D.
In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
► a.
Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:
quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:
his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:
adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
b.
Before et... et, connecting two substt.:
cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
III.
In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
B.
It designates,
1.
A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
2.
The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
2.
Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
I.
Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
A.
In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
1.
The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
a.
Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:
facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:
cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:
quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. (rare):
ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):
haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:
qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:
(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:
nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
b.
With logical perf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:
gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:
cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:
cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:
(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:
quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
(γ).
With two logical perff. (rare):
cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:
quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
(β).
With principal predicate in pres.:
in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in pres.:
quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:
nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. indic.:
cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:
cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:
qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in fut. imper.:
cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
(δ).
With two fut. perff.:
cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
e.
In partic.
(α).
In definitions with pres, indic.:
humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:
purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
(β).
Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:
qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:
etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:
cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
(γ).
Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:
sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
2.
With subj. referring to indefinite time.
a.
With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
(α).
With pres. subj.:
acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:
quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:
difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:
etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
(β).
With perf. subj.:
difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:
quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
b.
In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
c.
In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):
saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
d.
When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
e.
If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:
caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:
quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
3.
Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:
formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:
quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:
si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
a.
Cum with pres. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:
potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:
equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:
quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:
quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,
often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:
nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:
quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
(β).
With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):
Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:
sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
b.
Cum with logical perf. indic.
(α).
Principal predicate in pres.:
ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):
at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
c.
With fut.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:
sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in fut. perf.:
cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in imper. fut.:
mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
(δ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
(ε).
In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
d.
With fut. perf.
(α).
With principal predicate in fut.:
mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:
cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
(β).
With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):
quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:
cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
(γ).
With principal predicate in subj. (potential):
quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:
oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
4.
With subj. in definite time.
a.
Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
b.
Sometimes by attraction:
curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:
non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
c.
In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
B.
In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
1.
With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:
portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:
quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:
quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):
audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:
haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:
cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:
Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:
eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:
Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
2.
With pluperf. indic.
a.
Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:
idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:
Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
b.
If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
c.
If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
3.
If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
a.
With pluperf. indic.
(α).
With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:
cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:
(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:
cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
(β).
With principal predicate in perf. indic.:
Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
b.
With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:
cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:
cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
4.
In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
(α).
When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):
Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
(β).
Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:
(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:
cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
(γ).
When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:
qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
5.
For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
C.
In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:
quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;
where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:
cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:
cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;
also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
1.
Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
a.
The clause expressing a momentary action:
posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:
non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:
in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:
per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:
cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:
tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;
6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;
9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:
accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:
jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:
Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:
ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:
effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:
tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
b.
If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):
in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:
ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:
nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:
non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
c.
With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:
ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
d.
With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:
ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:
me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:
itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:
haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:
cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:
Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
2.
With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
a.
The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:
set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:
haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:
eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:
cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:
cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;
45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:
beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:
bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:
pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
b.
The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):
cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
3.
The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
a.
Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
(α).
Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:
eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:
alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):
qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:
qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:
res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:
Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):
Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:
non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:
etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):
cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:
hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):
desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:
sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:
illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:
num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,
fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:
cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,
equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:
cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:
cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:
cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:
res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;
sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:
cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:
tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
(β).
The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:
antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:
sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:
Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:
Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:
cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:
cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
(γ).
If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:
tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:
cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:
Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:
ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,
according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;
contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
(δ).
In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:
nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:
ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:
nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):
similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:
nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:
casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:
Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:
cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:
cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):
cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:
cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:
tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):
cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
b.
If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
(α).
In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:
res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:
quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:
o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;
44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):
cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:
cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:
cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
(β).
With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):
magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):
Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:
armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):
cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:
an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:
tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:
quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:
sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:
quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:
consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:
haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:
Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:
itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:
Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):
cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;
so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:
Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:
Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:
Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:
proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):
ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:
cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:
cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:
cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:
cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:
cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:
cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:
L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:
cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:
cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:
haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;
so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):
Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:
Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:
impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:
cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:
cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:
cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
(γ).
In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:
illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:
cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:
cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:
cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):
ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:
cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:
sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:
cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.
D.
In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
1.
The predicate in present:
amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:
bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:
quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
2.
With fut. (rare):
cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
3.
With fut. perf. (rare):
quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
4.
With perf.:
fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:
loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
5.
With histor. pres.:
Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
6.
With imperf.:
cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
7.
Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;
very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
8.
With pluperf. (very rare):
exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
* 9.
Pluperf. and imperf.:
quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
10.
Imperf. subj. (post-class.):
tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
11.
Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:
illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
E.
In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
1.
Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
a.
The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:
jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
(β).
With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:
erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
(γ).
With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:
fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:
fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):
fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
(δ).
With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:
quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:
ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
b.
Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
(α).
With pres. or fut. indic.:
incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:
longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
(β).
With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:
atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:
memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:
illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;
Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:
patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
(γ).
With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:
accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:
numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:
haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:
eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
c.
Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:
Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:
omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):
posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
2.
The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
a.
With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
(α).
With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):
hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:
anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
(β).
With ordinals:
vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
(γ).
With diu:
jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
b.
Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:
quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
c.
With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:
permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
d.
With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:
dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:
unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
3.
The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
a.
With cardinals.
(α).
Time in acc. (ante-class.):
annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
(β).
With nom.:
nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
b.
With diu or dudum:
nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
c.
Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:
omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
4.
In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
a.
Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
(α).
Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:
dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
b.
Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
(α).
Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:
non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:
jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
(β).
Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:
jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:
vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
(γ).
Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
(δ).
Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
(ε).
Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
(ζ).
Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
(η).
Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
(θ).
Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
(κ).
With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):
quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:
jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—
5.
In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
a.
When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
(α).
With perf. indic.:
Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
(β).
With imperf. indic.:
num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
(γ).
Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):
nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
(δ).
Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
(ε).
So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:
sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
b.
Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
(α).
With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:
fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,
cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
(β).
With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
6.
Cum interea (interim).
a.
Adverbial (rare).
(α).
Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
(β).
Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:
simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:
cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
b.
Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
(α).
To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:
anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
(β).
To the inverted clauses (4.):
tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
(γ).
To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:
post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
F.
In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
1.
After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
a.
Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
(α).
With indic.:
nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:
conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
(β).
With subj.:
is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:
vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—
b.
After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:
L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
c.
After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):
memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:
memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:
memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
2.
After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
a.
Verbs of thanking:
habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:
tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
b.
Of congratulation:
quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
c.
Of rejoicing and grieving:
quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:
cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
d.
Dependent on optative sentences:
di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
G.
Elliptical usages (without predicate).
1.
Cum maxime.
a.
With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:
etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
b.
By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:
nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:
quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:
castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
2.
Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):
foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:
cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:
cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.
H.
For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
II.
Causal, since, because, as.
A.
Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
1.
With pres. indic.:
hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:
edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
2.
With perf. indic.:
praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
3.
With subj.
a.
By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
b.
Independent of such construction:
jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;
Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.
Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:
cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:
quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:
quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
2.
With perf. subj.:
cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
3.
With imperf. subj.
a.
Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:
vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:
cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
b.
Denoting cause without time:
cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:
quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
C.
With adverbs of emphasis.
1.
Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:
quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:
cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:
cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
2.
Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:
nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:
numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:
omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
3.
Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:
me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
III.
Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., chiefly,
1.
With indic.:
hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
2.
Subj.
a.
By construction of principal predicate:
tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
b.
Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):
eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
With pres. subj.:
cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:
et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
2.
With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:
indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
3.
With imperf. subj.:
ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:
hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:
eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
4.
With pluperf. subj.:
Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
IV.
Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
A.
Ante-class., mostly with indic.
1.
Indic.:
qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
2.
With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
B.
Class. and post-class., always with subj.
1.
Pres. subj.:
testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:
nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
2.
Imperf. subj.:
ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,
quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
3.
With pluperf. subj.:
cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:
patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
V.
In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
1.
With imperf. subj.:
quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:
etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
2.
With pluperf. subj.:
quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:
mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > cum

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Archaic smile — The Archaic smile was used by Greek Archaic sculptors, especially in the second quarter of the sixth century BCE, possibly to suggest that their subject was alive, and infused with a sense of well being. To viewers habituated to realism, the… … Wikipedia
archaic — 1. noun /ɑɹˈkejɪk/ A general term for the prehistoric period intermediate between the earliest period (‘[ … Wiktionary
moil archaic, dialect, or — [mɔɪl] N. Amer. verb 1》 work hard. 2》 move around in confusion. noun 1》 hard work. 2》 confusion; turmoil. Origin ME (in the sense moisten ): from OFr. moillier paddle in mud, moisten , based on L. mollis soft … English new terms dictionary
Wiccan Rede — The Wiccan Rede (pronounced reed ) is a saying that was formulated to sum up the ethics of the Neo Pagan religion Wicca. The most common form of the Rede is An it harm none, do what ye will. Rede is a word from Middle English meaning advice or… … Wikipedia
Cattle — Cow redirects here. For other uses, see Cow (disambiguation). For other uses, see Cattle (disambiguation). Cattle … Wikipedia
hell — like, adj. /hel/, n. 1. the place or state of punishment of the wicked after death; the abode of evil and condemned spirits; Gehenna or Tartarus. 2. any place or state of torment or misery: They made their father s life a hell on earth. 3.… … Universalium
The Fantasticks — For the 1995 film based on the musical, see The Fantasticks (film). The Fantasticks Original Off Broadway cast album cover Music Harvey Schmidt Lyrics … Wikipedia
SYNAGOGUE — This article is arranged according to the following outline. origins and history until the first century first century c.e. middle ages modern period … Encyclopedia of Judaism
part — noun 1》 a piece or segment of something which combined with others makes up the whole. ↘a component of a machine: aircraft parts. ↘a division of a book, periodical, or broadcast serial. ↘a measure allowing comparison between the… … English new terms dictionary
plight — I. /plaɪt / (say pluyt) noun condition, state, or situation (usually bad): *Economic priorities should not be advanced to the exclusion of the environment and in disregard of the plight of Australian native species. –aap news, 1996. {Middle… …
Tao Te Ching — Traditional Chinese 道德經 Simplified Chinese 道德经 Hanyu Pinyin Dàodéjīng … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

archaic sense

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

archaic sense

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: